{"title":"Watersports \u0026 Recreation","description":null,"products":[{"product_id":"sea-dog-157110-1-ski-rope-snap-uv-stabilized-molded-nylon-900-lb-black","title":"Sea-Dog Ski Rope Snap 157110-1, Injection Molded Nylon Ski Tow Snap, 900 lb Rated","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Sea-Dog Ski Rope Snap (part number 157110-1) is a quick-release snap designed to attach a ski rope to a ski tow eye, letting skiers and wakeboarders connect and disconnect their tow rope quickly and securely. It is constructed of UV stabilized injection molded nylon, which resists sun exposure, saltwater, and repeated water immersion without becoming brittle or discolored over time. The lightweight nylon construction keeps the snap from adding drag to the rope while still holding up to the repeated stress of towing. Rated to 900 pounds of tension, it is built to handle the pulling loads generated during water skiing and wakeboarding without failing at the connection point. Its compact size, roughly 3-1\/4 inches overall, makes it easy to clip on and off the tow eye by hand, even with wet hands or gloves. This snap is a straightforward, purpose-built replacement or spare for anyone re-rigging a ski rope or replacing a worn or cracked snap on an existing rope. It ships as a single unit, so it is easy to keep a spare on board or swap one out mid-season without buying a whole new rope.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sea-Dog\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 157110-1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Injection Molded Nylon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength (A):\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-1\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth (B):\u003c\/strong\u003e 5\/8 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension C:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-13\/16 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension D:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7\/16 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension E:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7\/16 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.08 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTensile Strength Rating:\u003c\/strong\u003e 900 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 035514157018\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Quantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSport Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Water Skiing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Sea-Dog 157110-1 ski rope snap used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is used to attach a ski rope to a ski tow eye, giving skiers and wakeboarders a quick way to connect and disconnect the tow rope from the boat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the 157110-1 ski snap made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made of UV stabilized injection molded nylon, which resists sun degradation and holds up well in saltwater and freshwater use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight can the Sea-Dog ski snap hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 157110-1 snap is rated to 900 pounds of tension, sufficient for the pulling loads generated during water skiing and wakeboarding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is this ski rope snap?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Sea-Dog 157110-1 ski rope snap is black.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the 157110-1 snap?\u003c\/strong\u003e It measures 3-1\/4 inches (A), with additional dimensions of 5\/8 inch (B), 1-13\/16 inches (C), 7\/16 inch (D), and 7\/16 inch (E).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Sea-Dog ski snap weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 157110-1 ski rope snap weighs 0.08 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many snaps come in a package?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Sea-Dog 157110-1 is sold as a single ski rope snap per package.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 157110-1 snap suitable for saltwater use?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, its UV stabilized injection molded nylon construction is designed to withstand saltwater and sun exposure without breaking down.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this snap be used as a replacement for a worn or cracked ski rope snap?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Sea-Dog 157110-1 is commonly used to replace a worn, cracked, or broken snap on an existing ski rope.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Sea-Dog 157110-1 snap work with any ski tow eye?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is designed to clip onto a standard ski tow eye for attaching a ski rope, and its compact nylon body makes it easy to connect and release by hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the UPC for the Sea-Dog 157110-1 ski rope snap?\u003c\/strong\u003e The UPC for the Sea-Dog 157110-1 ski rope snap is 035514157018.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sea-Dog","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48988547678427,"sku":"S-D-157110-1","price":3.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/7695.jpg?v=1784422242"},{"product_id":"sea-dog-stud-style-transom-mount-ski-tow-1-2-13-bolt-through-316-stainless-steel-3-1-2-wakeboard-tow-eye","title":"Sea-Dog 371644-1 Stud Style Transom Mount Ski Tow, 1\/2 Inch-13 Stainless Steel Stud","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Sea-Dog 371644-1 is a Stud Style Transom Mount Ski Tow built to bolt through the transom for maximum holding strength, giving boaters a secure attachment point for towing skiers, wakeboarders, and tubers. The tow stud is constructed of corrosion resistant AISI formed 316 stainless steel rod, a material chosen for its ability to withstand continuous exposure to fresh and salt water without rusting or weakening. The 1\/2 inch-13 NC threaded stud passes fully through the transom and is secured from the inside, distributing towing loads across the transom structure rather than relying on a shallow surface mount. This makes the stud style design a strong choice for boats that see frequent towing use. The part measures 3-1\/2 inches at dimension A, 3 inches at dimension B, and 3 inches at dimension C, and weighs 1.322 pounds. Sea-Dog also offers flush mount ski tows (371833 and 371840) that share the same stud center spacing as the 371644, so boat owners updating the look of their transom can step up to a flush mount version with the addition of a mounting hole, if desired.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sea-Dog\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 371644-1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stud Style Transom Mount Ski Tow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e AISI Formed 316 Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThread Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/2 inch-13 NC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension A:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-1\/2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension B:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension C:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.322 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7.88 x 11.75 x 3.5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Through-Transom Bolt Mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 035514371124\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard Pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal transom mount; fits any transom suitable for a through-bolted 1\/2 inch-13 NC stud.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eReplaces (OEM)\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo OEM cross-reference numbers are listed for this part.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Sea-Dog 371644-1 Ski Tow used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a transom mounted tow point designed to bolt through the transom for skiing, wakeboarding, and tubing, providing maximum strength for towing loads.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Sea-Dog 371644-1 Ski Tow made of stainless steel?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 371644-1 is constructed of corrosion resistant AISI formed 316 stainless steel rod, which resists rust in both fresh and salt water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat thread size is the Sea-Dog 371644-1 stud?\u003c\/strong\u003e The mounting stud on part number 371644-1 uses a 1\/2 inch-13 NC thread.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Sea-Dog 371644-1 Ski Tow weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e This ski tow weighs 1.322 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the Sea-Dog 371644-1 Ski Tow?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 371644-1 measures 3-1\/2 inches at dimension A, 3 inches at dimension B, and 3 inches at dimension C.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes installing the 371644-1 require drilling through the transom?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, this is a stud style ski tow that mounts by passing the 1\/2 inch-13 NC stud fully through the transom for a through-bolted connection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a flush mount version of the Sea-Dog 371644-1?\u003c\/strong\u003e Sea-Dog's flush mount ski tows share the same stud center spacing as the 371644, so a boat owner can switch to a flush mount style by adding a mounting hole, though these are separate parts from the 371644-1.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the UPC code for the Sea-Dog 371644-1 Ski Tow?\u003c\/strong\u003e The UPC for this part is 035514371124.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the Sea-Dog 371644-1 packaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 371644-1 has a standard pack quantity of 5 each for distribution.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the Sea-Dog 371644-1 fit any boat transom?\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a universal through-transom mount using a 1\/2 inch-13 NC stud, suitable for any transom that can accommodate a through-bolted stud of that thread size.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sea-Dog","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48988764078299,"sku":"S-D-371644-1","price":68.37,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/8061.jpg?v=1784429004"},{"product_id":"sea-dog-371631-1-transom-mount-ski-tow-stud-style-316-stainless-steel-3-8-16-x-2-1-2-bolt-through-tow-ring","title":"Sea-Dog Transom Mount Ski Tow, Stud Style, 3\/8\"-16 NC, 316 Stainless Steel, 371631-1","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Sea-Dog Transom Mount Ski Tow, part number 371631-1, is a stud-style towing eye designed to bolt directly through the boat transom for maximum holding strength. Unlike surface-mounted hardware, this stud-style design passes through the transom itself, distributing towing loads across the mounting surface rather than relying on screws alone, making it a solid choice for pulling skiers, tubes, and wakeboarders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is formed from AISI 316 stainless steel rod, a grade chosen for its resistance to corrosion in saltwater and freshwater marine environments, so it holds up to repeated exposure without rusting or pitting over time. The tow features a 3\/8\"-16 NC thread and compact overall dimensions of 2-1\/2 inches by 2-1\/4 inches by 2-3\/16 inches, keeping it low-profile against the transom while still providing a secure attachment point for tow ropes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a standalone stud-style ski tow and does not require the additional flush-mount hole cutting that Sea-Dog's flush mount ski tow designs call for, making it straightforward to install on transoms that can accommodate through-bolting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sea-Dog\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 371631-1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Transom Mount Ski Tow, Stud Style\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Formed 316 Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThread Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\/8\"-16 NC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension B:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-1\/2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension C:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-1\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension D:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-3\/16 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.58 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stud style, bolts through transom\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 035514371032\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a universal transom-mount ski tow and is not restricted to a specific boat make, model, or engine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Sea-Dog 371631-1 ski tow made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is formed from AISI 316 stainless steel rod, a corrosion-resistant grade suited to saltwater and freshwater marine use, which is what the Sea-Dog Transom Mount Ski Tow (371631-1) is constructed from.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does this ski tow mount to the boat?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Sea-Dog 371631-1 is a stud-style ski tow that bolts through the transom, which provides maximum holding strength compared to a surface-only mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat thread size does the 371631-1 ski tow use?\u003c\/strong\u003e It uses a 3\/8\"-16 NC thread.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the Sea-Dog 371631-1 ski tow?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Sea-Dog 371631-1 measures 2-1\/2 inches by 2-1\/4 inches by 2-3\/16 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does this ski tow weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Sea-Dog Transom Mount Ski Tow, part number 371631-1, weighs 0.58 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this ski tow suitable for towing skiers and wakeboarders?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the stud-style design of the 371631-1 is intended for towing skiers, tubes, and wakeboarders from a transom-mounted tow point.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this ski tow rust over time?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, because it is made of formed 316 stainless steel, a corrosion-resistant grade, the 371631-1 ski tow resists rust in marine environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the 371631-1 ski tow require cutting a hole in the transom?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a through-transom, stud-style mount, so installation involves bolting through the transom rather than the hole-cutting required for Sea-Dog's flush mount ski tow style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Sea-Dog 371631-1 the same as the flush mount ski tow?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the 371631-1 is the stud-style transom mount version; Sea-Dog also makes a separate flush mount ski tow (part number 371833) with a different, lower-profile installation method and its own part number.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included with the Sea-Dog 371631-1 ski tow?\u003c\/strong\u003e The product is the stud-style ski tow itself, part number 371631-1, formed from 316 stainless steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this an authentic Sea-Dog part?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, part number 371631-1 is a genuine Sea-Dog transom mount ski tow, not an aftermarket equivalent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size boats is the 371631-1 ski tow designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Sea-Dog 371631-1 is a universal transom mount ski tow and is not limited to a specific boat make or model.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sea-Dog","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48988764111067,"sku":"S-D-371631-1","price":39.63,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/8061_010b81f3-db91-4961-8ad8-e666a61ed82e.jpg?v=1784429007"},{"product_id":"attwood-11828-1-emergency-telescoping-paddle-20-to-42-inch-floating-orange-boat-paddle","title":"Attwood Telescoping Emergency Paddle, Orange, 20 to 42 Inch","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Attwood Telescoping Emergency Paddle (part number 11828-1) is a collapsible boat paddle built to be stowed in a small space and extended in seconds when you need it. It telescopes from 20 inches up to 42 inches, giving you a compact package for storage and a full-length paddle for actual use, which makes it a practical addition to an emergency kit for small boats, jet skis, river tubes, and other watercraft where a full-size paddle will not fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eConstruction pairs a corrosion-resistant aluminum shaft with a high-impact plastic blade, so the paddle holds up in both salt and fresh water without rusting or cracking under normal use. The paddle is finished in bright orange for visibility, which helps you spot it quickly in an emergency, and it is designed to float if it is dropped overboard rather than sinking out of reach. When fully expanded to 42 inches, the added length gives extra leverage and reach for paddling or pushing off.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a single-item paddle intended as an emergency or backup paddling solution rather than a primary touring paddle, and its telescoping design means it collapses down to a compact 20-inch length for easy storage in a hatch, under a seat, or in a dry bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Attwood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11828-1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 022697118288\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCategory:\u003c\/strong\u003e PWC Accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic \/ Aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCollapsed Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExpanded Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 42 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItem Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.37 x 6.25 x 21 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 21.65 x 7.09 x 2.76 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.4 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShaft Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Corrosion-resistant aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlade Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-impact plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuoyancy:\u003c\/strong\u003e Floats if dropped\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater Suitability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Salt or fresh water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e China\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the Attwood 11828-1 paddle when extended?\u003c\/strong\u003e It telescopes out to 42 inches fully extended, and collapses down to 20 inches for storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is this paddle made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Attwood 11828-1 uses a corrosion-resistant aluminum shaft with a high-impact plastic blade, a combination chosen to resist rust and cracking in marine use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this paddle sink if I drop it in the water?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the 11828-1 is designed to float if dropped, which helps you retrieve it rather than lose it overboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this paddle safe to use in saltwater?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, it is built to hold up in both salt and fresh water conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the paddle used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e It functions as an emergency backup paddle for small boats, jet skis, river tubing, and similar craft where a full-size paddle does not fit in storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Attwood 11828-1 paddle weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e It weighs 1.4 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy is the paddle orange?\u003c\/strong\u003e The bright orange finish on the 11828-1 improves visibility, making it easier to spot in an emergency or if dropped in the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the collapsed dimensions for storage?\u003c\/strong\u003e Collapsed, the paddle measures 2.37 x 6.25 x 21 inches, small enough to stow in a hatch, under a seat, or in a dry bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this come as a single paddle or a set?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 11828-1 is sold as a single telescoping paddle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this meant to be a primary paddle or a backup?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is designed as an emergency\/backup paddle rather than a primary touring paddle, given its compact telescoping design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the part number for this paddle?\u003c\/strong\u003e Attwood part number 11828-1 is the telescoping emergency paddle described here.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the extended length provide better leverage?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, when fully expanded to 42 inches the 11828-1 gives additional leverage and reach compared to its collapsed length.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Attwood","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989664641243,"sku":"ATT-11828-1","price":28.31,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/ATT-11828-1-Paddle-1__43737.1739477320.500.750.jpg?v=1785188240"},{"product_id":"attwood-11940-2-kayak-foot-braces-15-in-adjustable-foot-pegs-with-trigger-lock-black-set-of-2","title":"Attwood 11940-2 Kayak Foot Brace Set, 15 Inch Adjustable Foot Pegs with Trigger Lock, Black, Pair","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Attwood 11940-2 is a 15-inch adjustable kayak foot brace set, sold as a pair, designed to give paddlers a secure, customizable foot position for better control and comfort on the water. Each brace uses a trigger lock design so the foot peg position can be adjusted quickly and easily without tools. The tracks are built to a universal mounting hole pattern, and the lightweight foot brace design fits both sit-in and sit-on-top style kayaks, making this a versatile upgrade or replacement option for a wide range of kayak setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe set is finished in black and is built for the demands of regular paddling use. Note that mounting hardware is not included with this foot brace set, so installers should have appropriate hardware on hand to fit the braces to their kayak's existing track system. Attwood has manufactured marine parts and accessories for more than 100 years, and the 11940-2 foot brace set reflects that focus on durable, purpose-built paddlesports hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Attwood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11940-2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSet Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pair (2 pieces)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItem Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15 x 8 x 2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.0546 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wall Mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Hole Pattern:\u003c\/strong\u003e Universal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e Trigger lock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits both sit-in and sit-on-top style kayaks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTracks use a universal mounting hole pattern\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the Attwood 11940-2 foot brace set include?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 11940-2 is sold as a pair of 15-inch foot braces (2 pieces), finished in black with a trigger lock adjustment design. Mounting hardware is not included with the set.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this foot brace fit sit-in and sit-on-top kayaks?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Attwood 11940-2 foot brace has a lightweight design that fits both sit-in and sit-on-top style kayaks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you adjust the Attwood 11940-2 foot pegs?\u003c\/strong\u003e Each foot brace uses a trigger lock design, which allows the foot peg position to be adjusted quickly by hand without additional tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat mounting hole pattern does the 11940-2 use?\u003c\/strong\u003e The tracks on the Attwood 11940-2 foot brace use a universal mounting hole pattern, so it is designed to work with standard kayak track systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs mounting hardware included with the 11940-2 foot brace set?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, mounting hardware is not included with the Attwood 11940-2 foot brace set; separate mounting hardware is required for installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is the Attwood 11940-2 foot brace?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 11940-2 is the 15-inch length version of Attwood's foot brace set, sold as a pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a longer version of this foot brace available?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, Attwood also offers an 18-inch length pair under a separate part number, 11941-2, for kayaks that require the longer size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the Attwood 11940-2 foot brace set?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 11940-2 foot brace set has a black finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Attwood 11940-2 foot brace set weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Attwood 11940-2 foot brace set weighs 1.0546 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the Attwood 11940-2 foot brace?\u003c\/strong\u003e The item dimensions of the Attwood 11940-2 foot brace set are 15 x 8 x 2 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Attwood 11940-2 sold as a single foot brace or a pair?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 11940-2 is sold as a pair, providing two matching foot braces for both sides of the kayak.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Attwood","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989665263835,"sku":"ATT-11940-2","price":20.77,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/ATT-11940-2-Kayak-foot-1__38981.1739477321.500.750.jpg?v=1785188259"},{"product_id":"attwood-9083-7-perma-plate-ski-mirror-shatterproof-180-degree-convex-adjustable-marine-boat-mirror","title":"Attwood 9083-7 Perma-Plate Chrome-Plated Adjustable Ski Mirror, 180-Degree Convex, Shatter-Proof","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Attwood 9083-7 Perma-Plate ski mirror is a shatter-proof, 180-degree convex boat mirror designed to eliminate blind spots so a boat operator can keep a clear eye on a water skier and their surroundings with a single glance. The convex lens gives a wide field of view, while the chrome-plated zinc (Zamak) construction keeps the mirror lightweight without sacrificing durability on the water. A universal mount lets it install directly on the dash or windshield, and the mirror adjusts freely up-and-down and side-to-side so it can be positioned exactly where it is needed. The mounting design accommodates windshields up to 3\/4 inch thick, and the compact 7-5\/16 inch by 2-1\/2 inch mirror head keeps the profile low so it does not obstruct the driver's forward view. Its shatter-proof build is intended to hold up to the vibration, spray, and general wear of regular boating use. The 9083-7 is built for boaters who tow skiers, tubers, or wakeboarders and need a dedicated rear-observation mirror rather than relying on a passenger spotter alone. It ships as a single mirror unit and installs without specialized tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Attwood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9083-7\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ski Mirror\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Chrome-plated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Chrome-plated zinc (Zamak)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLens Curvature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Convex\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eField of View:\u003c\/strong\u003e 180 degrees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shatter-proof\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjustable up-and-down and side-to-side\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Universal mount, installs on dash or windshield\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-5\/16 inches W x 2-1\/2 inches H\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Windshield Thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\/4 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.2167 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Universal Fit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 022697908346\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the field of view on the Attwood 9083-7 ski mirror?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Attwood 9083-7 has a 180-degree convex mirror, which is designed to eliminate blind spots so the boat operator can see a skier and their surroundings in a single glance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 9083-7 ski mirror shatter-proof?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Attwood 9083-7 Perma-Plate mirror is built with shatter-proof construction for safer use on the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is the Attwood 9083-7 mirror?\u003c\/strong\u003e The mirror measures 7-5\/16 inches wide by 2-1\/2 inches high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum windshield thickness this mirror will mount to?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 9083-7's universal mount fits windshields up to 3\/4 inch thick.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the 9083-7 mirror made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is constructed of lightweight chrome-plated zinc (Zamak), giving it a durable chrome finish without adding significant weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the mirror be adjusted after it's mounted?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Attwood 9083-7 adjusts up-and-down and side-to-side so it can be positioned for the best rearward view.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I install the Attwood 9083-7 ski mirror?\u003c\/strong\u003e It uses a universal mount that installs directly on the boat's dash or windshield, with no specialized tools required for a windshield up to 3\/4 inch thick.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the 9083-7 mirror weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Attwood 9083-7 ski mirror weighs 1.2167 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the 9083-7 and the 13055-4 ski mirror?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 9083-7 is a chrome-plated, adjustable mirror with a universal dash or windshield mount, while the 13055-4 is a separate clamp-on ski mirror with its own part number; they are distinct products, so order the one that matches your intended mounting style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this a genuine Attwood part?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 9083-7 is a genuine Attwood Perma-Plate ski mirror, not an aftermarket reproduction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat finish does the 9083-7 mirror have?\u003c\/strong\u003e It has a chrome-plated finish over its zinc (Zamak) mirror body.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat shape is the 9083-7 mirror's lens?\u003c\/strong\u003e The lens is a round, convex mirror providing a 180-degree field of view.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Attwood","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989675356379,"sku":"ATT-9083-7","price":32.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/Untitled-1__61574.1763741586.500.750.jpg?v=1785188783"},{"product_id":"attwood-sp-910-stainless-steel-ski-pylon-deck-clevis-kit-for-water-ski-tow-pylons","title":"Attwood SP-910 Ski Pylon Deck Clevis Set","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Attwood SP-910 Ski Pylon Deck Clevis Set is a deck-mounted clevis fitting built to attach and secure an Attwood ski pylon to the boat deck. It provides the pivot and mounting point that allows the pylon to be raised, lowered, or angled for towing water skiers, wakeboarders, or tubers, while keeping a solid connection to the deck under towing loads.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe set is constructed from a mix of aluminum, stainless steel, metal, plastic, and rubber components, combining corrosion resistance in the metal fittings with durable, snap-type closure hardware for quick attachment and release. It is finished in silver to match Attwood's standard pylon and hardware finish. The clevis set is designed specifically to fit Attwood ski pylons, giving boat owners a matched replacement or spare mounting fitting for their existing tow pylon setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a single-component clevis kit (main component only), sold as one unit, making it a straightforward replacement part for a worn, lost, or damaged deck clevis on an Attwood ski pylon installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Attwood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e SP-910\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e SS Deck Clevis Kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCategory:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pylons and Tow Bar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminum, stainless steel, metal, plastic, rubber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClosure Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Snap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.9 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnit Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 014599009108\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Attwood SP-910 used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Attwood SP-910 Ski Pylon Deck Clevis Set is a deck clevis fitting that mounts and secures an Attwood ski pylon to the boat deck, providing the connection point used when towing skiers, wakeboarders, or tubers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the SP-910 fit any ski pylon?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the SP-910 clevis set is designed to fit Attwood ski pylons specifically, not universal or other-brand pylon designs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the SP-910 clevis set made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made from a combination of aluminum, stainless steel, metal, plastic, and rubber components.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the Attwood SP-910?\u003c\/strong\u003e The SP-910 has a silver finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the SP-910 weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Attwood SP-910 Ski Pylon Deck Clevis Set weighs 0.9 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pieces come in the SP-910 kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e One unit is included; the SP-910 is sold as a single main component.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of closure does the SP-910 use?\u003c\/strong\u003e The SP-910 clevis set uses a snap-type closure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the SP-910 corrosion resistant?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the stainless steel and aluminum components of the SP-910 are built to resist corrosion in marine conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the UPC for the Attwood SP-910?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Attwood SP-910 Ski Pylon Deck Clevis Set carries UPC 014599009108.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the SP-910 a replacement part or a complete pylon?\u003c\/strong\u003e The SP-910 is a deck clevis fitting only, used with an existing Attwood ski pylon; it is not a complete pylon assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Attwood","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989678076123,"sku":"ATT-SP-910","price":64.3,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/Attwood_Stainless_Steel_Deck_Clevis_Kit_All_Included_Hardware__99869.1722511655.500.750.jpg?v=1785187999"},{"product_id":"airhead-gyro-1-rider-spinning-towable-tube-with-tumbling-action-ahgy-1818","title":"Airhead Gyro 1-Rider Spinning Towable Tube with Tumbling Action, Model AHGY-1818","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Airhead Gyro is a 1-rider inflatable towable tube built around a transparent, bullet-shaped design that delivers a spinning, tumbling ride behind the boat. The clear PVC shell gives the rider a full view of the action through a built-in viewing porthole while also keeping them visible to others on the water, adding a safety margin during high-speed spins. Construction relies on heavy-duty PVC with strong, double-welded seams so the tube holds up to repeated tumbling and impact on the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTowing is handled by a stainless steel swivel tow system, engineered for strength and resilience so the Gyro can rotate freely behind the boat without twisting or binding the tow line. The tube measures 55 inches by 35 inches when deflated and is rated for a single rider up to 150 pounds. Whether pulled behind a runabout or ski boat, the Gyro is built for riders who want a more dynamic, spinning watersport experience than a standard flat towable delivers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Airhead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e AHGY-1818\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRider Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Person\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions (Deflated):\u003c\/strong\u003e 55 inches L x 35 inches W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 22.1 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Weight Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTow System:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless steel swivel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeam Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Double-welded seams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 737826056385\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 year\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many riders does the Airhead Gyro hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead Gyro AHGY-1818 is a 1-rider towable, rated for a single person up to 150 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the Gyro towable?\u003c\/strong\u003e Deflated, the Airhead Gyro measures 55 inches long by 35 inches wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the Airhead Gyro made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made from heavy-duty polyvinyl chloride (PVC) with double-welded seams for durability during tumbling rides.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan other riders see the person inside the Gyro while it is being towed?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the AHGY-1818 has a transparent, bullet-shaped shell that keeps the rider visible to other boaters during the tumbling action.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the rider have visibility from inside the tube?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Gyro includes a viewing porthole so the rider inside can see the surrounding action while being towed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat kind of tow system does the Gyro use?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead Gyro comes with a stainless steel swivel tow system designed for strength and resilience during spinning tumbles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the Airhead Gyro?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHGY-1818 towable is gray.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Gyro towable weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead Gyro weighs 22.1 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included when you buy the Airhead Gyro?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Gyro towable ships with its built-in stainless steel tow system attached; a separate tow rope is not included with AHGY-1818.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a warranty on the Airhead Gyro?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead Gyro AHGY-1818 carries a 1 year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes the Gyro different from a standard towable tube?\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike a flat deck towable, the bullet-shaped Gyro spins and tumbles the rider through the water while keeping them enclosed and visible, for a more dynamic ride.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum weight capacity of the Airhead Gyro?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHGY-1818 is rated for a maximum weight capacity of 150 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Airhead","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025183645915,"sku":"AIR-AHGY-1818","price":202.61,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/AIR-AHGY-1818__10365.1747363863.500.750.jpg?v=1785329068"},{"product_id":"airhead-hot-shot-towable-tube-ahhs-12","title":"Airhead Hot Shot Towable Tube - AHHS-12","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Airhead Hot Shot is a towable tube designed for behind-the-boat water sport use, identified by manufacturer part number AHHS-12. It is sold as a complete towable unit under the Hot Shot name and weighs 10.3 pounds, making it a lightweight option to load, carry, and store between outings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Airhead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e AHHS-12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hot Shot Towable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10.3 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 737826037209\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Airhead AHHS-12?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHHS-12 is the manufacturer part number for the Airhead Hot Shot Towable, a towable tube made by Airhead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Airhead Hot Shot Towable weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Hot Shot Towable (Airhead part number AHHS-12) weighs 10.3 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this a genuine Airhead product?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Hot Shot Towable is manufactured by Airhead and carries the manufacturer part number AHHS-12.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat brand makes the Hot Shot Towable?\u003c\/strong\u003e Airhead is the brand behind the Hot Shot Towable, part number AHHS-12.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat part number should I use to order this towable?\u003c\/strong\u003e Order using Airhead manufacturer part number AHHS-12 to ensure you receive the correct Hot Shot Towable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Hot Shot Towable lightweight?\u003c\/strong\u003e At 10.3 pounds, the Airhead Hot Shot Towable (AHHS-12) is a lightweight towable tube that is easy to handle and store.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat UPC is associated with the Airhead Hot Shot Towable?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead Hot Shot Towable, part number AHHS-12, carries UPC 737826037209.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of product is the AHHS-12?\u003c\/strong\u003e AHHS-12 is a towable tube, sold under the Airhead Hot Shot name for use behind a boat.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Airhead","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025183940827,"sku":"AIR-AHHS-12","price":121.22,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/AIR-AHHS-12__95889.1747363864.500.750.jpg?v=1785329068"},{"product_id":"airhead-ahk50194bl-wake-tremor-kneeboard-compression-molded-board-with-deep-knee-pad-and-ez-up-hook","title":"Airhead Wake Tremor Kneeboard AHK50194BL, Compression-Molded with EZ-Up Hook","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Airhead Wake Tremor Kneeboard (AHK50194BL) is a compression-molded kneeboard built for towed watersports on lakes, rivers, and calm coastal water. Its durable, lightweight construction is designed to hold up to repeated launches and impacts while remaining easy to carry to and from the dock. A channeled bottom surface is shaped to smooth out the ride as the board tracks across the water, reducing the bounce and chatter that can make kneeboarding tiring on choppy wakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA deep knee pad cushions and protects the rider's knees during hard turns and landings, while the EZ-Up Hook gives the rider a fast, effortless way to get up onto the board and into position at the start of a pull. The rope handle is positioned for easy access, so the rider can get a secure grip quickly without fumbling for the line. The Wake Tremor Kneeboard is rated for riders age 15 and up, with a maximum rider weight of 170 pounds, making it suited to teen and adult riders learning or refining kneeboarding technique behind a boat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Airhead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e AHK50194BL\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Kneeboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBoard Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 49 inches x 19 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50.78 inches x 20.07 inches x 4.33 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15.9 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Rider Weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 170 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Rider Age:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15 and up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compression molded\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e Channeled bottom, deep knee pad, EZ-Up Hook, accessible rope handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 737826512935\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis kneeboard is a standalone watersports board and is not designed around a specific boat make, model, or engine; it is intended for use behind any boat capable of towing a kneeboard rider.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum rider weight for the Airhead Wake Tremor Kneeboard?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead Wake Tremor Kneeboard (AHK50194BL) has a maximum rider weight of 170 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat age is the Wake Tremor Kneeboard recommended for?\u003c\/strong\u003e Airhead recommends the Wake Tremor Kneeboard for riders age 15 and up.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the Airhead Wake Tremor Kneeboard?\u003c\/strong\u003e The board itself measures 49 inches by 19 inches, with overall packaged product dimensions of 50.78 inches x 20.07 inches x 4.33 inches for the AHK50194BL.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Wake Tremor Kneeboard weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead Wake Tremor Kneeboard weighs 15.9 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the EZ-Up Hook on this kneeboard used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The EZ-Up Hook on the AHK50194BL is designed to give the rider an effortless way to get up onto the board and into riding position at the start of a pull.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Wake Tremor Kneeboard's construction durable?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Airhead Wake Tremor Kneeboard uses a compression-molded, durable and lightweight construction designed to withstand repeated use on the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Wake Tremor Kneeboard have knee protection built in?\u003c\/strong\u003e It includes a deep knee pad on the AHK50194BL that cushions and protects the rider's knees during turns and landings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the channeled bottom on the Wake Tremor Kneeboard do?\u003c\/strong\u003e A channeled bottom on the Airhead Wake Tremor Kneeboard is shaped to smooth out the ride and reduce bounce as the board tracks across the wake.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs a tow rope included with the Wake Tremor Kneeboard?\u003c\/strong\u003e The listing for the AHK50194BL describes an accessible rope handle on the board itself for gripping during the ride; it does not list a separate tow rope as an included accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat boats is the Airhead Wake Tremor Kneeboard compatible with?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Wake Tremor Kneeboard (AHK50194BL) is a standalone board meant to be towed behind any boat capable of pulling a kneeboard rider; it is not tied to a specific boat make or model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the part number for this Airhead kneeboard?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead Wake Tremor Kneeboard's part number is AHK50194BL.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Airhead","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025183973595,"sku":"AIR-AHK50194BL","price":145.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/AIR-AHK50194BL__76107.1747363863.500.750.jpg?v=1785329070"},{"product_id":"airhead-watermelon-47-inch-combo-water-skis-with-removable-training-bar-us-child-size-5-12","title":"Airhead Watermelon 47 Inch Combo Water Skis with Removable Training Bar, Double Handle Rope, and Adjustable Bindings, Child Size 5-12","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Airhead Watermelon (AHST-111) is a 47 inch combo water ski set built to take a beginner from first tow to confident two-ski riding. The set includes a removable cross bar training support that gives new riders a stable platform to find their balance; once the rider is ready to progress, the bar comes off for a natural transition to standard combo skiing technique. The skis are of wood construction for a sturdy, responsive feel on the water, and each ski uses durable fiberglass-reinforced nylon fins for stable tracking and control at speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAdjustable bindings accommodate US child shoe sizes 5 to 12, making the set easy to fit to a growing rider, and the set is rated for a maximum rider weight of 100 pounds. A double handle rope assembly is included, giving an instructor or parent a second handle to help steady the rider and assist with faster, more controlled starts and stops. The Watermelon combo ski set is finished in red and backed by a 1 year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Airhead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e AHST-111\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSki Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 47 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9.3 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wood construction with fiberglass-reinforced nylon fins\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRider Weight Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Age Range:\u003c\/strong\u003e Kid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSkill Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beginner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBinding Size Range:\u003c\/strong\u003e US Child Size 5-12, adjustable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Components:\u003c\/strong\u003e Removable training cross bar, double handle rope assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 year\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 737826510801\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat age or size rider is the Airhead Watermelon AHST-111 designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead Watermelon combo water skis (AHST-111) use adjustable bindings sized for US child shoe sizes 5 to 12, and the set is rated for a maximum rider weight of 100 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the AHST-111 include a training bar?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, a removable cross bar training support is included with the Watermelon combo skis to give beginners stability; it can be taken off once the rider is ready to ski without assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the Watermelon skis made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHST-111 skis have a wood construction with durable fiberglass-reinforced nylon fins for stable tracking and control.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long are the Airhead Watermelon combo skis?\u003c\/strong\u003e Each ski in the AHST-111 combo set measures 47 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs a tow rope included with the AHST-111 ski set?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Watermelon combo skis come with a double handle rope assembly, which allows a second person to help steady the rider or assist during starts and stops.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the Airhead Watermelon ski set?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHST-111 combo water skis are finished in red.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the training bar be removed as the rider improves?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the cross bar on the AHST-111 is designed to be easily removed once the rider is comfortable, allowing an easy transition to riding without the training support.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the AHST-111 ski set weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead Watermelon combo water ski set weighs 9.3 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat skill level are these skis meant for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Watermelon AHST-111 is intended for beginner skiers, particularly children learning to combo ski for the first time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a warranty on the Airhead Watermelon skis?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHST-111 combo water skis are backed by a 1 year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included in the box with the AHST-111?\u003c\/strong\u003e The set includes the pair of Watermelon combo water skis, the removable training cross bar, and a double handle rope assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the bindings on the Watermelon skis adjustable?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the AHST-111 uses adjustable bindings that fit US child shoe sizes 5 through 12.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Airhead","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025184006363,"sku":"AIR-AHST-111","price":126.22,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/AIR-AHST-111__57823.1747363864.500.750.jpg?v=1785329070"},{"product_id":"airhead-bonzai-fiberglass-wakesurf-board-63-x-20-5-inches-eva-traction-pad","title":"Airhead Bonzai Compression Molded Fiberglass Surf-Style Wakesurf Board, 63 x 20.5 Inch","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Airhead Bonzai is a compression molded fiberglass surf-style wakesurf board built for riders who want a cruiser-inspired ride with a modern edge. Its design draws from the woody-style surfboards of the 1960s, combined with a tapered profile and surf-style rocker that lets you cruise at high speed without drag. Dual hook grooves give the board a distinct surf silhouette, while three profiled fins mounted to recessed fin boxes and a 2.5 inch pin-shaped rocker keep the board fast and predictable through the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLarge molded EVA traction pads cover the deck, giving riders a stable, grippy platform to maintain control as they twist and turn through the wake. Mellow rails respond to rider movement without overtaking the ride, making the Bonzai forgiving for beginners while still offering the responsiveness intermediate riders want. The compression molded fiberglass construction is more stable and durable than foam boards, holding up wave after wave, which makes the Bonzai a good choice both for learning to ride and for refining technique. At 63 inches long with a 20.5 inch center width, the Bonzai suits a range of rider sizes and is a versatile pick for smaller wakes as well as bigger riders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Airhead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e AHWS-F01\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wakesurf Board\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compression Molded Fiberglass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Surf-Style\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 63 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth (center):\u003c\/strong\u003e 20.5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 13.1 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fiberglass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFins:\u003c\/strong\u003e Three profiled fins mounted to recessed fin boxes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRocker:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.5 inch pin-shaped rocker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeck:\u003c\/strong\u003e Large molded EVA traction pads with molded kick tail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRail Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mellow, progressive rails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSkill Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beginner, Intermediate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 737826038114\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat skill level is the Airhead Bonzai wakesurf board designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead Bonzai (AHWS-F01) is designed for beginners and intermediate riders, with mellow rails that respond to movement without overtaking the ride, making it forgiving to learn on while still offering responsiveness as skills improve.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Bonzai wakesurf board made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is built from compression molded fiberglass, a construction that is more stable and durable than foam boards, so it holds up wave after wave while staying lightweight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the Airhead Bonzai wakesurf board?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Bonzai measures 63 inches in length with a 20.5 inch center width.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Airhead Bonzai wakesurf board weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Bonzai wakesurf board weighs 13.1 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many fins does the Bonzai wakesurf board have?\u003c\/strong\u003e Three profiled fins are mounted to recessed fin boxes on the Bonzai, along with a 2.5 inch pin-shaped rocker that helps the board move quickly through the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat kind of traction does the Bonzai wakesurf board deck offer?\u003c\/strong\u003e Large molded EVA traction pads with a molded kick tail cover the deck of the Bonzai, providing grip, control, and balance for secure footing while riding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Airhead Bonzai a surf-style or skim-style wakesurf board?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Bonzai (AHWS-F01) is a surf-style wakesurf board, featuring a tapered profile, surf-style rocker, and dual hook grooves inspired by classic woody-style surfboards.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan experienced riders use the Bonzai, or is it only for beginners?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Bonzai wakesurf board is built for both beginners and experts, offering a stable enough platform for those learning to ride while still giving intermediate riders enough responsiveness to twist and turn through the wake.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes the Bonzai's rails different from other wakesurf boards?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Bonzai features mellow, progressive rails that respond to rider movement without overtaking the ride, which is designed to give fast maneuvering and tight turns while remaining forgiving for less experienced riders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Bonzai wakesurf board have grooves for hooking onto the wake?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Airhead Bonzai has dual hook grooves built into its compression molded fiberglass design.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Airhead","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025184039131,"sku":"AIR-AHWS-F01","price":329.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/AHWS-F01-Bonzai.jpg?v=1785004072"},{"product_id":"airhead-pfish-wakesurf-board-49-x-21-inch-fiberglass-skim-style-board","title":"Airhead Pfish Wakesurf Board, Fiberglass Skim-Style Board for Riders up to 175 Pounds","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Airhead Pfish Wakesurf Board (AHWS-F02) is a skim-style wakesurf board built to suit riders from beginner through advanced. Its full shape and fish tail outline is forgiving, giving beginners an easy platform to learn the glide, while advanced riders will find the board stable enough to shred and pop air with confidence. The board measures 49 inches long by 21 inches wide by 7\/8 inch thick and is rated for riders up to 175 pounds. It is constructed from fiberglass for a durable, long-lasting ride. The deck features an extra thick, grooved EVA traction pad with a big kicker that provides excellent foothold, helping riders stay locked in through turns, air reverses, and shove-its. The Pfish ships with 2 fins installed. Whether you are just starting out or already comfortable behind the boat, the Pfish offers a stable, forgiving platform that grows with your skill level.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Airhead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e AHWS-F02\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBoard Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 49 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBoard Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 21 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBoard Thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7\/8 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9.3 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fiberglass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Fins Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 fins\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRider Weight Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 175 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Multi\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSkill Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e All\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSport Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wakesurfing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeck Surface:\u003c\/strong\u003e Extra thick grooved EVA traction pad\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Airhead AHWS-F02 wakesurf board?\u003c\/strong\u003e AHWS-F02 is the Airhead Pfish Wakesurf Board, a skim-style fiberglass board with a full fish tail shape designed for riders from beginner through advanced.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the Pfish wakesurf board?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Pfish measures 49 inches long by 21 inches wide by 7\/8 inch thick.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Pfish wakesurf board weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead Pfish (AHWS-F02) weighs 9.3 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum rider weight for this board?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Pfish wakesurf board is rated for riders up to 175 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the Pfish board made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is built from fiberglass, giving the AHWS-F02 a durable, long-lasting construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many fins come with the Pfish wakesurf board?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Pfish ships with 2 fins.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Pfish good for beginners or advanced riders?\u003c\/strong\u003e Both. Its full fish tail shape is forgiving enough for beginners learning to glide, while advanced riders will find the AHWS-F02 stable enough to shred and pop air.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the deck traction feel like on this board?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Pfish has an extra thick, grooved EVA traction pad with a big kicker that provides excellent foothold for turns and tricks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color or design does the Pfish come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead Pfish wakesurf board (AHWS-F02) comes in a multi-color design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan beginners learn to wakesurf on the Pfish?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Pfish's full shape and fish tail setup make it a forgiving platform that gives beginners an easy way to learn the glide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre replacement fins available for the Pfish wakesurf board?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, a two-fin replacement set is offered for the AHWS-F02 Pfish, as well as for other Airhead wakesurf boards that use the same fin design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat tricks can advanced riders do on the Pfish?\u003c\/strong\u003e Advanced riders can use the Pfish (AHWS-F02) for air reverses and shove-its, with the board staying stable enough to shred and pop air.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Airhead","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025184170203,"sku":"AIR-AHWS-F02","price":299.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/AHWS-F02-Pfish.jpg?v=1785004055"},{"product_id":"sportsstuff-stars-and-stripes-1-rider-towable-tube-kit-with-tow-rope-and-pump","title":"Airhead Stars \u0026 Stripes Kit 53-4310K - 1 Rider Towable Tube with Rope and Pump","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Airhead Stars \u0026amp; Stripes Kit (53-4310K) is a 1 rider towable tube built for boaters who want to show their patriotic colors while they ride. The tube features a rugged PVC bladder that is entirely covered in heavy duty, double-stitched nylon, giving it the durability to hold up to repeated seasons of use while resisting the wear and tear that towables are exposed to on the water. Its thin profile design makes it easy to climb aboard and hop off between runs, and the deluxe padded handles are foam-filled and nylon-wrapped, paired with EVA knuckle guards, for a comfortable, secure grip at speed. Airhead's patented Speed Safety Valve lets riders inflate and deflate the tube quickly, so switching between activities on the water is fast and simple. All seams are heavy duty radio frequency welded to keep the air where it belongs and add to the tube's long-term reliability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis kit version of the Stars \u0026amp; Stripes includes everything needed to get on the water: the 1 rider towable tube itself, a tow rope, and a pump for inflation, so no separate purchases are required before your first ride. It is designed for a single rider and finished in a red, white, and blue colorway suited to Fourth of July, Memorial Day, or any day you want to fly the colors behind the boat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Airhead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 53-4310K\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Person Towable Tube Kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRider Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red \/ White \/ Blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e PVC bladder fully covered in double-stitched nylon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 57 inches long x 57 inches wide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11.35 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Components:\u003c\/strong\u003e Towable tube, tow rope, pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eValve Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Patented Speed Safety Valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeam Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavy duty radio frequency welded seams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Foam-filled, nylon-wrapped padded handles with EVA knuckle guards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 year\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many riders does the Airhead Stars \u0026amp; Stripes Kit 53-4310K hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a 1 rider towable tube, sized for a single person per tow.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat comes included with the 53-4310K kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The kit includes the towable tube itself, a tow rope, and a pump for inflation, so nothing extra needs to be bought to start riding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the tube made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Stars \u0026amp; Stripes Kit uses a PVC bladder that is entirely covered in heavy duty, double-stitched nylon, which resists the wear and tear typical of boat towables.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is the Airhead Stars \u0026amp; Stripes Kit tube?\u003c\/strong\u003e The tube measures 57 inches long by 57 inches wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the 53-4310K towable tube kit weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The complete kit weighs 11.35 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you inflate and deflate this towable?\u003c\/strong\u003e Airhead's patented Speed Safety Valve on the Stars \u0026amp; Stripes Kit allows for quick, easy inflating and deflating, so you can switch activities on the water without a hassle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Stars \u0026amp; Stripes Kit durable for repeated use?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The entire tube is covered with double-stitched nylon over the PVC bladder, and all seams are heavy duty radio frequency welded to keep the air sealed in over years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the handles comfortable for longer rides?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 53-4310K has deluxe, foam-filled, nylon-wrapped padded handles along with EVA knuckle guards, designed for comfort and a secure grip at speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colors does the Stars \u0026amp; Stripes Kit come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e It comes in a red, white, and blue colorway, matching its patriotic Stars \u0026amp; Stripes design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Stars \u0026amp; Stripes Kit make it easy to climb back on after falling off?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the tube has a thin profile design that makes boarding and disembarking easier compared to other towables.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a warranty on the Airhead 53-4310K?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Stars \u0026amp; Stripes Kit is backed by a 1 year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the Stars \u0026amp; Stripes Kit (53-4310K) and the standard Stars \u0026amp; Stripes tube?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 53-4310K is the kit version, bundling a tow rope and pump along with the 1 rider tube, while the standard tube alone does not include those accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Airhead","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025184202971,"sku":"K-T-53-4310K","price":153.22,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/AHSS-4310K_Stars-Stripes1Kit_Studio_BackRight_Hero.jpg?v=1785004063"},{"product_id":"airhead-aruba-lounge-inflatable-pool-and-lake-float-with-mesh-center-panel-and-drink-holder-ahal-1","title":"Airhead Aruba Lounge Inflatable Pool and Lake Float, One-Person Vinyl Lounger with Drink Holder","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Airhead Aruba Lounge is a one-person inflatable floating lounger built for all-day comfort on the water. It features a mesh panel positioned between the head and leg pillows, so you can lie back and stay cool as the water flows beneath you while still being fully supported at both ends. A molded drink holder keeps your beverage within reach while you relax.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSide-mounted rope anchors let you link the Aruba Lounge to other Airhead inflatables so a group can float together, or tether it to a moored boat, dock, or swim platform. Construction is heavy gauge K80 PVC vinyl with RF (radio frequency) welded seams, giving the lounger durable, leak-resistant joints suited to repeated use in pools, lakes, and other calm water settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDeflated, the lounger measures 66 inches by 37 inches, and it ships in blue. Whether you are floating solo or tying several loungers together for a group lake day, the Aruba Lounge is designed to be comfortable, linkable, and easy to bring along.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Airhead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e AHAL-1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Inflatable Pool and Lake Lounger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavy gauge K80 PVC vinyl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeam Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e RF welded seams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (deflated):\u003c\/strong\u003e 66 inches x 37 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.45 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e One person\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrink Holder:\u003c\/strong\u003e Molded drink holder included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Side-mounted rope anchors for linking to other floats or tethering to a boat, dock, or swim platform\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 737826022489\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Airhead Aruba Lounge designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a one-person inflatable floating lounger designed for relaxing on pools, lakes, or beside a moored boat, with a mesh panel that lets you stay cool in the water while remaining supported.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan multiple Aruba Loungers be connected together?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Aruba Lounge has side-mounted rope anchors that let you link two or more of these floats together, or connect it to other Airhead inflatables, so a group can float side by side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is the Aruba Lounge?\u003c\/strong\u003e Deflated, the Airhead Aruba Lounge (AHAL-1) measures 66 inches by 37 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Aruba Lounge weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Aruba Lounge weighs 3.45 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the lounger made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made from heavy gauge K80 PVC vinyl with RF welded seams for durable, leak-resistant construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Aruba Lounge have a place to hold a drink?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, a molded drink holder is built into the lounger so you can keep a beverage close at hand while floating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the Aruba Lounge be tied to a boat?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the side-mounted rope anchors on the Airhead Aruba Lounge can be used to tether it to a moored boat, dock, or swim platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many people can use one Aruba Lounge?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Aruba Lounge is a one-person floating lounger, though its linking anchors allow several loungers to be connected for group use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color does the Aruba Lounge come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead Aruba Lounge is available in blue.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Aruba Lounge suitable for lakes as well as pools?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the AHAL-1 Aruba Lounge is intended for use in both pools and lakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat keeps the seams on the Aruba Lounge from leaking?\u003c\/strong\u003e The lounger uses RF (radio frequency) welded seams, which bond the vinyl panels for a durable, leak-resistant construction.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Airhead","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025184137435,"sku":"K-T-AHAL-1","price":47.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/AHAL1.jpg?v=1785004061"},{"product_id":"airhead-booster-ball-tow-rope-float-ahbb-2030-60-ft-4-100-lb-rope-for-towable-tubes-water-skiing-wakeboarding","title":"Airhead Booster Ball Tow Rope Float, 60 Foot 4100 Pound Break Strength Rope Included","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Airhead Booster Ball (AHBB-2030) is a tow rope float designed to keep your towable's tow rope lifted out of the water while you ride. By suspending the rope above the surface, it boosts the rope's visibility so riders and boat drivers can spot and grab it easily, and it reduces rope spray so you spend less time fighting water drag and more time riding. The ball itself acts like a shock absorber, minimizing drag and acting as a buffer against sudden snap backs, which in turn helps extend the life of your towable tube and its cover by reducing the stress placed on them during use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Airhead Booster Ball is constructed of nylon with a snap closure, and it inflates to 38 inches x 28 inches (it packs down to 45 inches x 36 inches deflated for storage). It comes in a white and blue color combination. The Booster Ball includes a 60-foot tow rope built with a 16-strand polypropylene construction rated for at least 4,100 pounds of break strength, so the rope and ball are ready to use together right out of the box with any towable tube, water ski, or wakeboard setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e AIRHEAD\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e AHBB-2030\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Booster Ball \/ Tow Rope Float\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (Inflated):\u003c\/strong\u003e 38 inches x 28 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (Deflated):\u003c\/strong\u003e 45 inches x 36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e White, Blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Nylon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClosure Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Snap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRope Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRope Break Strength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4,100 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRope Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16-strand polypropylene\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTension Supported:\u003c\/strong\u003e At least 4,100 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7.15 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 737826056262\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnit Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the Airhead Booster Ball do?\u003c\/strong\u003e It keeps your tow rope lifted out of the water so it stays visible and easy to grab, while also reducing rope spray and cushioning the line against sudden snap backs. The Airhead Booster Ball (AHBB-2030) works with towable tubes, water skis, and wakeboards.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Booster Ball come with a rope?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the AHBB-2030 includes a 60-foot tow rope rated to at least 4,100 pounds of break strength, built with a 16-strand polypropylene construction, so the ball and rope are ready to attach to your tow point out of the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the Booster Ball?\u003c\/strong\u003e Inflated, the Airhead Booster Ball measures 38 inches by 28 inches; deflated, it packs down to 45 inches by 36 inches for storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the Airhead Booster Ball?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHBB-2030 comes in a white and blue color combination.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the Booster Ball made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e Nylon is used for the Booster Ball's construction, with a snap closure connecting it to the tow rope.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Airhead Booster Ball weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHBB-2030 weighs 7.15 pounds, which includes the ball and the included 60-foot tow rope.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Booster Ball help protect my towable tube?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, by acting as a shock absorber that minimizes drag and buffers snap backs, the Airhead Booster Ball reduces stress on a towable tube and its cover, helping it hold up longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the Booster Ball fit any towable or ski rope setup?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHBB-2030 is designed to work with standard tow rope setups used for towable tubes, water skiing, and wakeboarding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much tension can the rope handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e The rope included with the Airhead Booster Ball supports at least 4,100 pounds of tension, matching its 4,100-pound break strength rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Booster Ball reduce rope spray?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, lifting the rope out of the water is one of the AHBB-2030's core functions, which cuts down on rope spray and keeps the line from getting pulled into the boat's wake.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Airhead","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025184465115,"sku":"K-T-AHBB-2030","price":110.31,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/AHBB-2030__63418.1722491838.500.750.jpg?v=1785329068"},{"product_id":"airhead-blast-towable-tube-1-rider-ahbl-12","title":"Airhead Blast 1 Rider Towable Tube, Yellow and Teal, Kwik-Connect and Speed Safety Valve","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Airhead Blast 1 Rider Towable Tube is a single-rider inflatable water float built for family fun behind the boat. Finished in a yellow and teal tropical pattern, the Blast features a rounded shape reminiscent of a water park ride, giving riders the sensation of a thrilling attraction without the crowds. Four neoprene comfort handles are foam-filled and nylon-wrapped, so riders can hold on tight in comfort and stability while being towed. A self-draining floor keeps riders upright no matter how much splashing happens during the ride.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe tube is built around a heavy-duty PVC bladder with double-stitched, electronically-welded seams, so it holds its shape and air over years of use. Part of the tube is covered in double-stitched nylon for added comfort and durability. Dual tow points and the Kwik-Connect system let riders and boat operators hook up the tow rope quickly and get started (or wrap up) without stress. Every Airhead Blast tube also includes a Patented Speed Safety Valve, which allows for quick, easy inflation before you launch and fast deflation for storage or transport afterward. Whether you are pulling one rider on a lake, river, or open water, the Airhead Blast 1 Rider Towable Tube is designed to deliver a durable, comfortable, and easy-to-use towable experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Airhead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e AHBL-12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Person Towable Tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRider Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Rider\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow and Teal Tropical Pattern\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavy-Duty PVC Bladder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandles:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 Neoprene Comfort Handles, Foam-Filled and Nylon-Wrapped\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCover:\u003c\/strong\u003e Partially Covered with Double-Stitched Nylon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTow Points:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dual Tow Points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConnection System:\u003c\/strong\u003e Kwik-Connect\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInflation Valve:\u003c\/strong\u003e Patented Speed Safety Valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeam Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Double-Stitched, Electronically-Welded\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7.90625 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 737826037186\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many riders does the Airhead Blast AHBL-12 hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead Blast AHBL-12 is built for 1 rider at a time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Kwik-Connect feature on the Blast towable tube?\u003c\/strong\u003e Kwik-Connect is Airhead's tow system that lets you quickly and easily connect the Blast 1 Rider tube to the tow rope, so there is no stress getting started or wrapping up for the day.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the Airhead Blast 1 Rider tube made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is built with a heavy-duty PVC bladder featuring double-stitching and electronically-welded seams, and part of the tube is covered in double-stitched nylon.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Blast 1 Rider tube stay upright when riders splash around?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, a self-draining floor on the AHBL-12 keeps riders upright no matter how much splashing happens.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you inflate and deflate the Airhead Blast tube?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead Blast AHBL-12 uses a Patented Speed Safety Valve for quick and easy inflating and deflating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color pattern does the AHBL-12 come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead Blast 1 Rider Towable Tube comes in a yellow and teal tropical pattern.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Airhead Blast 1 Rider tube weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHBL-12 weighs 7.90625 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many handles does the Blast 1 Rider tube have?\u003c\/strong\u003e It has 4 neoprene comfort handles that are foam-filled and nylon-wrapped for a comfortable, secure grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs a replacement cover available for the Airhead Blast 1 Rider tube?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, Airhead offers a cover-only replacement part for the Blast 1 Rider tube, listed separately from the complete AHBL-12 tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the Blast 1 Rider and Blast 2 towable tubes?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHBL-12 Blast 1 Rider is a single-rider tube with 4 neoprene handles and a yellow and teal pattern, while the Blast 2 is a 2-rider tube with 8 neoprene handles, dual tow points per rider, and a red and teal pattern.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty comes with the Airhead Blast AHBL-12?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead Blast 1 Rider Towable Tube, AHBL-12, includes a 1 year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Blast towable tube have a tow point?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the AHBL-12 features dual tow points along with the Kwik-Connect system for connecting the tow rope.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Airhead","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025184497883,"sku":"K-T-AHBL-12","price":95.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/AHBL-12-Angle2.jpg?v=1785004070"},{"product_id":"airhead-big-bertha-1-4-rider-towable-tube-blue","title":"Airhead Big Bertha AHBT-1329 4 Rider Towable Tube with Kwik-Connect Tow System","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Airhead Big Bertha (AHBT-1329) is a 4 person towable tube built around a classic, timeless circular design that suits the whole family. Its vintage-inspired color scheme sits on top of genuinely modern construction: an air cushioned floor delivers superior padding, non-slip cushioned handles with padded knuckle guards keep grip secure, and full nylon covering adds comfort and long-term durability. The Kwik-Connect tow point makes attaching and detaching the tube an effortless task at any point in the day, so getting started or wrapping up on the water stays simple. Big Bertha is designed for four riders, but its balanced circular shape also works well for two or three people at once.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eUnderneath the nylon covering, Big Bertha uses a heavy gauge PVC bladder for reliable, long-lasting inflation, paired with a Patented Speed Safety Valve that makes inflating and deflating fast and convenient. The tube is partially covered with double stitched nylon for added comfort and durability where riders make the most contact. This combination of straightforward operation and rugged materials is why families report getting years, and even generations, of use out of a single Big Bertha.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Airhead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e AHBT-1329\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Towable Tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRider Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 (also suitable for 2 or 3 riders)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e PVC bladder with full nylon covering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 74 inches L x 68 inches W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 22.35 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight Capacity Maximum:\u003c\/strong\u003e 500 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItem Form:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cylindrical\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAge Range:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adult\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTow System:\u003c\/strong\u003e Kwik-Connect dual tow points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eValve Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Patented Speed Safety Valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Foam-filled, nylon wrapped, padded knuckle guards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 737826056354\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a universal towable water tube, not a fitment-specific replacement part; it is towed behind a boat using a standard tow rope and is not restricted to a particular boat make or model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many riders does the Airhead Big Bertha AHBT-1329 hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead Big Bertha AHBT-1329 is designed for 4 riders, though its balanced circular shape also works well with just 2 or 3 people on board.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the Big Bertha towable tube?\u003c\/strong\u003e Big Bertha measures 74 inches long by 68 inches wide, giving it a rounded shape sized for multiple riders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Big Bertha AHBT-1329 weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead Big Bertha weighs 22.35 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of the Big Bertha tube?\u003c\/strong\u003e Big Bertha has a maximum weight capacity of 500 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the Big Bertha towable tube made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Big Bertha AHBT-1329 uses a heavy gauge PVC bladder with a full nylon cover, and part of the tube has double stitched nylon covering for added comfort and durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the Kwik-Connect tow system work on Big Bertha?\u003c\/strong\u003e Kwik-Connect is Airhead's tow point system on the Big Bertha AHBT-1329 that lets you quickly attach and detach the tow rope, making it easy to get started or finish up on the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Big Bertha have a quick inflation valve?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, Big Bertha uses Airhead's Patented Speed Safety Valve, which allows for quick and easy inflating and deflating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color options does the Big Bertha come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead Big Bertha AHBT-1329 is offered in a blue vintage-inspired color scheme.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the handles on Big Bertha padded?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Big Bertha AHBT-1329 has foam-filled, nylon wrapped handles with padded knuckle guards for a comfortable, secure grip while riding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Big Bertha tube fully covered in nylon?\u003c\/strong\u003e Big Bertha is partially covered, with double stitched nylon over key areas of the tube for comfort and durability rather than a full nylon shell.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho is the Big Bertha towable tube designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e Big Bertha is built for adult riders and is marketed as a family-friendly 4 person towable, with an age range description of adult.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes Big Bertha different from other Airhead towable tubes?\u003c\/strong\u003e Big Bertha uses a vintage-inspired color scheme over an air cushioned floor, non-slip padded handles with knuckle guards, and the Kwik-Connect tow system, combined with a heavy gauge PVC bladder and Patented Speed Safety Valve for long-term reliability.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Airhead","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025184530651,"sku":"K-T-AHBT-1329","price":220.47,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/AHBT-1329_BigBertha_Studio_FrontRight.jpg?v=1785004071"},{"product_id":"airhead-boston-valves-2-pack-ahbv-2-replacement-inflation-valves","title":"Airhead Boston Valve 2-Pack, Square Base Replacement Valves for Boston Valve Equipped Inflatables","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Airhead Boston Valve 2-Pack gives you two replacement Boston valves so a spare is always on hand when one wears out or goes missing. Boston valves are the standard inflation\/deflation fitting used on towable tubes, floats, and other water inflatables, and this pack is built to fit all Airhead Boston Valve Equipped Inflatables.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach valve in the pack uses a square base rather than the more common round base. The square shape is easier to grip and turn, which matters most when your hands are wet from being out on the water. The valves are molded in bright red, making them easy to spot against the inflatable material when you need to locate the valve quickly for inflation, deflation, or storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause the pack includes two valves, it works equally well as a maintenance spare for a single inflatable or as a source of replacement valves for two separate Boston Valve equipped products.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Airhead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e AHBV-2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack Quantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 valves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase Shape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Square\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fits all Airhead Boston Valve Equipped Inflatables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.11875 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 737826026791\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCategory:\u003c\/strong\u003e Replacement Parts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included in the Airhead AHBV-2 Boston Valve 2-Pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHBV-2 pack includes two individual Boston valves, giving you a spare on hand in addition to the replacement valve you need right away.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill these valves fit my Airhead towable or float?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead Boston Valve 2-Pack (AHBV-2) is designed to fit all Airhead Boston Valve Equipped Inflatables.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy does the Boston valve have a square base instead of round?\u003c\/strong\u003e The square base on the AHBV-2 valves is easier to turn than a round base, especially when your hands are wet from being on the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color are the replacement valves?\u003c\/strong\u003e Each valve in the Airhead AHBV-2 2-pack is bright red, making it easy to locate on the inflatable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Airhead Boston Valve 2-Pack weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHBV-2 2-pack weighs 0.11875 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use one AHBV-2 valve now and save the second as a spare?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the pack contains two Boston valves, so one can be installed immediately while the other is kept as a spare for future use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Airhead AHBV-2 valve a genuine Airhead part?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the AHBV-2 is Airhead's own Boston Valve 2-Pack, manufactured for use with Airhead Boston Valve equipped inflatables.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the AHBV-2 fit inflatables from other brands?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHBV-2 is stated to fit all Airhead Boston Valve Equipped Inflatables; compatibility with other brands' valve systems is not specified.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is a Boston valve used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e A Boston valve is the inflation and deflation fitting found on inflatable towables and floats; the Airhead AHBV-2 provides two replacements for this fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need any tools to turn the AHBV-2 valve?\u003c\/strong\u003e No tools are required; the square base of the AHBV-2 valve is designed to be turned by hand, including with wet hands.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Airhead","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025184563419,"sku":"K-T-AHBV-2","price":6.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/AHBV-2_0.jpg?v=1785004068"},{"product_id":"airhead-kwik-connect-tube-tow-rope-connector-1-inch-diameter-hole-6000-lb-break-strength","title":"Airhead Kwik-Connect Tow Rope Connector for 1 to 4 Rider Towable Tubes","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Airhead Kwik-Connect (AHKC-1) is a tow rope connector built to make attaching and detaching towable tubes fast and effortless. It is designed as a premium stand-in for towables that do not already come with a Kwik-Connect system built in, and it is recommended for 1 to 4 rider towables. Instead of threading your tow rope through the tube's tow strap every time you want to hook up or disconnect, the Kwik-Connect lets you snap the rope in and out in seconds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe connector is made from high impact material with a 1 inch diameter hole sized to accept a tow rope for tubing, and it is rated to handle up to 4,100 pounds of break strength. This makes it a durable link between your boat's tow rope and your towable tube, holding up to the repeated stress of pulling riders across the water. The rope itself is constructed from pre-stretched polypropylene, which resists excess stretch under load so pulling power reaches the tube more directly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a simple upgrade for anyone who wants to streamline getting on and off the water: no more re-threading rope through a tow strap before every ride. It works with 1 to 4 rider towable tubes that lack a factory Kwik-Connect point.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Airhead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e AHKC-1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tow Rope for Tubing Connector\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 to 4 rider towables not already equipped with Kwik-Connect\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHole Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBreak Strength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4,100 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pre-stretched polypropylene\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItem Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClosure Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Snap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.44 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 737826020713\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Airhead Kwik-Connect (AHKC-1) used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a tow rope connector that lets you quickly attach and detach a towable tube from your boat's tow rope, eliminating the need to re-thread rope through the tow strap each time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the AHKC-1 fit my towable tube?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Kwik-Connect AHKC-1 is recommended for 1 to 4 rider towables that are not already equipped with a Kwik-Connect system built in.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the break strength of the AHKC-1 connector?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHKC-1 is rated to handle up to 4,100 pounds of break strength.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size tow rope does the Kwik-Connect accept?\u003c\/strong\u003e It has a 1 inch diameter hole sized to accept a tow rope for tubing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the AHKC-1 made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e The rope component is made from pre-stretched polypropylene, and the connector itself is high impact construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the Airhead Kwik-Connect rope?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHKC-1 measures 12 feet in length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need this if my tube already has a Kwik-Connect?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the AHKC-1 is intended as a premium stand-in specifically for towable tubes that do not already come equipped with a Kwik-Connect point.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the AHKC-1 weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead Kwik-Connect connector weighs 0.44 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the Kwik-Connect attach to the tow rope?\u003c\/strong\u003e It uses a snap-style closure, allowing the tow rope to be connected and disconnected quickly without re-threading it through the towable's tow strap.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the AHKC-1 a genuine Airhead product?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the AHKC-1 is manufactured by Airhead as part number AHKC-1.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat comes included with the AHKC-1?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHKC-1 includes the connect rope with the Kwik-Connect hardware attached.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Airhead","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025184825563,"sku":"K-T-AHKC-1","price":9.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/AHKC-1.jpg?v=1785004059"},{"product_id":"airhead-multi-valve-ahmv-1-inflation-kit-with-boston-and-schrader-valves","title":"Airhead Multi-Valve 3-Piece Inflation Valve Kit with Boston and Shrader Valves","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Airhead Multi-Valve is a 3-piece replacement valve kit for inflatable towables, tubes, and other air-filled products. The kit includes two Boston valves with different thread patterns on their bases, plus a Shrader valve with a cap. Because the two Boston valves use different thread patterns, one of them is likely to match the fitting on your inflatable regardless of brand, making this kit useful as a universal replacement or spare. The Boston valves feature a square base rather than a round one, which is easier to grip and turn, especially with wet hands common around water sports gear. The Shrader valve lets you inflate at a gas station air pump or with a standard air compressor. For a manual option, the Shrader valve can be unscrewed so the Boston valve can be inflated with an Airhead air pump instead. All three components are molded in bright red and green for easy visibility, so they are simple to spot if dropped on a dock, in grass, or in water. The valve set is made of plastic and ships as a compact 3-piece kit (two Boston valves, one Shrader valve with cap). It is a straightforward fix for a leaking, cracked, or missing inflation valve on tubes, towables, and similar inflatable equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Airhead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e AHMV-1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Pieces:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 (2 Boston valves, 1 Shrader valve with cap)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eValve Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Multi Port Valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOutlet Connection Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Boston\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThread Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Different thread patterns (Boston valves)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Ports:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red and green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItem Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.13 x 0.08 x 0.04 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.16875 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included in the Airhead Multi-Valve kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHMV-1 kit includes two Boston valves with different thread patterns on their bases and one Shrader valve with a cap, for a total of 3 pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill one of the Boston valves fit my inflatable's valve fitting?\u003c\/strong\u003e The two Boston valves in the AHMV-1 kit have different thread patterns on the bottom, so one of them is likely to match the fitting on your inflatable no matter what brand it is.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is a Shrader valve used for on this kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shrader valve included in the Airhead Multi-Valve lets you inflate your inflatable at a gas station air pump or with a standard air compressor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I inflate with a hand or electric pump instead of an air compressor?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, you can unscrew the Shrader valve from the AHMV-1 kit and inflate the Boston valve underneath using an Airhead air pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy does the Boston valve have a square base?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Boston valves in the Airhead Multi-Valve have a square base rather than a round one, which makes them easier to turn by hand, especially with wet hands.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the Airhead Multi-Valve made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHMV-1 Multi-Valve kit is made of plastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color are the valve components?\u003c\/strong\u003e The valves in the Airhead Multi-Valve kit are bright red and green, making them easy to spot if dropped near water or on the ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Airhead Multi-Valve kit weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHMV-1 Multi-Valve kit weighs 0.16875 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Airhead Multi-Valve a universal fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e Because the kit includes two Boston valves with different thread patterns plus a Shrader valve, the AHMV-1 is designed to work across a wide range of inflatable brands rather than one specific fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Shrader valve come with a cap?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Shrader valve included in the Airhead Multi-Valve kit comes with a cap.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many valves are in one AHMV-1 kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e One AHMV-1 kit contains 3 valve pieces total: two Boston valves and one Shrader valve.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Airhead","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025184891099,"sku":"K-T-AHMV-1","price":7.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/K-T-AHMV-1_lg__19702.1661967881.500.750.jpg?v=1785329070"},{"product_id":"airhead-orb-booster-tow-rope-ball-60-ft-rope-4-100-lb-break-strength-blue","title":"Airhead Orb Booster Ball Towable Tube Tow Rope, 60 ft., 4100 lb. Tensile Strength","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Airhead Orb (AHOR-12) is a booster ball built into a 60 foot towable tube rope, designed to lift the rope up out of the water and wake so a tube responds instantly when the boat changes direction. It is especially useful on boats with a low tow point on the transom, where a standard rope tends to drag and slap the wake. By keeping the line taut and out of the water, the Orb virtually eliminates slack, which improves tube handling, reduces the jarring snap-back riders feel when the line comes tight, and cuts down on stress to the towable's cover over time. The booster ball itself is built from durable 30 gauge PVC with no nylon cover, and it inflates to 39 inches by 26 inches. The included rope is a 60 foot, 16-strand polypropylene line rated to 4100 pounds tensile strength, giving it the strength needed for towing tubes, water-skiing, and wakeboarding. This is a complete tow-rope solution in one package rather than an add-on accessory for an existing rope.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Airhead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e AHOR-12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCategory:\u003c\/strong\u003e Water Sport Tow Cables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRope Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTensile Strength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4100 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRope Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16-strand polypropylene\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBooster Ball Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 gauge PVC, no nylon cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInflated Ball Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 39 inches x 26 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.04375 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 737826056323\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the Airhead Orb booster ball do?\u003c\/strong\u003e It lifts the tow rope up and out of the water and wake so a towable tube responds instantly when the boat changes direction, instead of the rope dragging through the wake.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the rope on the Airhead Orb, AHOR-12?\u003c\/strong\u003e The rope included with the AHOR-12 is 60 feet long.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the tensile strength of the included rope?\u003c\/strong\u003e The rope has a tensile strength of 4100 pounds, made from 16-strand polypropylene.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is the booster ball when inflated?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Orb booster ball measures 39 inches by 26 inches when fully inflated.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the booster ball made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead Orb is built from 30 gauge PVC with no nylon cover, giving it a durable, water-resistant construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy would I need a booster ball instead of a plain tow rope?\u003c\/strong\u003e A booster ball is especially useful on boats with a low tow point on the transom, since it keeps the line taut and out of the water, virtually eliminating slack so a tube tracks and turns predictably behind the boat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Orb booster ball reduce wear on my tube?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, because the AHOR-12 removes slack from the tow line, it reduces the snap-back force riders feel and lowers stress on the tube and its cover over repeated use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included when I order the AHOR-12?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHOR-12 comes as a complete unit: the Airhead Orb booster ball attached to a 60 foot, 4100 pound tensile strength tow rope.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the Airhead Orb booster ball?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHOR-12 booster ball is blue.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Airhead Orb tow rope weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The complete Airhead Orb (AHOR-12) unit weighs 8.04375 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the Orb be used for water-skiing and wakeboarding, or just tubing?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead Orb works for towing tubes as well as water-skiing and wakeboarding, since it is built around a standard tow rope with the booster ball attached.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Orb different from the Airhead 4K Booster Ball?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the AHOR-12 Orb is a separate product from the Airhead 4K Booster Ball, which is offered as another option in the Airhead booster ball lineup.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Airhead","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025184923867,"sku":"K-T-AHOR-12","price":166.07,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/Studio_Front-Right-Side_20_AHOR-12_AH_Orb_HERO.jpg?v=1785004065"},{"product_id":"airhead-ahp-1-double-action-hand-pump-for-inflatables-and-towables","title":"Airhead AHP-1 Double Action Hand Pump, Manual Air Pump for Towables, Pool Floats and Inflatable Boats","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Airhead AHP-1 Double Action Hand Pump is a manual air pump built to top off towables, pool floats, air mattresses, and inflatable boats when you don't have an outlet nearby. Its double-action design pumps air continuously on both the push-down and pull-up strokes of the handle, moving 2 liters of air per stroke for fast inflation without needing batteries or a power source. The pump reaches a peak pressure of 14 psi, giving it the strength to firm up inflatables that a lower-pressure pump can't finish. An accordion-style hose stretches to 5 feet long, giving you reach around larger items, and the pump comes with four universal valve fittings so it works across most common inflatable valve types. Built with a yellow and black plastic housing, the AHP-1 is compact and easy to store in a boat, car trunk, or garage. It is especially useful as a finishing pump: use it to top off a towable or float that's already mostly inflated from another pump for that last bit of firmness. Each unit includes one Airhead AHP-1 Double Action Hand Pump and is backed by a 1 year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Airhead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e AHP-1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCategory:\u003c\/strong\u003e Inflatable Boat Accessory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow and Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.1625 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9 inches L x 5 inches W x 18.5 inches H\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Source:\u003c\/strong\u003e Manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Pressure:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14 psi\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVolume per Stroke:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 liters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHose Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eValve Fittings:\u003c\/strong\u003e Four universal valve fittings included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 737826017720\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Components:\u003c\/strong\u003e Airhead AHP-1 Double Action Hand Pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnit Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 year warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Airhead AHP-1 used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead AHP-1 Double Action Hand Pump is a manual air pump for inflating towables, pool floats, air mattresses, and inflatable boats, especially useful for topping off an inflatable that is already mostly full.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the AHP-1 require batteries or a power outlet?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The AHP-1 is fully manual, operated by hand, so it needs no batteries, cord, or power outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much pressure can this hand pump generate?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead AHP-1 reaches a peak pressure of 14 psi, which is enough to firm up towables and inflatable boats to full pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat valve types does the AHP-1 fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e It includes four universal valve fittings, so the AHP-1 works with most common valve types found on towables, floats, and other inflatables.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the hose on this pump?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHP-1's accordion-style hose stretches to 5 feet, giving you extra reach when inflating larger items.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the double action design work?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHP-1 pumps air continuously on both the push-down and pull-up strokes of the handle, moving 2 liters of air per stroke, which makes inflation faster than a single-action pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Airhead AHP-1 weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead AHP-1 Double Action Hand Pump weighs 2.1625 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the AHP-1?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHP-1 measures 9 inches long by 5 inches wide by 18.5 inches high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the AHP-1 made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead AHP-1 is made of plastic, with a yellow and black housing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat comes in the box with the AHP-1?\u003c\/strong\u003e Each package includes one Airhead AHP-1 Double Action Hand Pump with its hose and four universal valve fittings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the AHP-1 good as a primary pump or just for topping off?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHP-1 works well both as a standalone manual pump and as a finishing pump to top off towables or floats that were already inflated most of the way by another pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Airhead AHP-1 covered by a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Airhead AHP-1 Double Action Hand Pump is backed by a 1 year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Airhead","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025184956635,"sku":"K-T-AHP-1","price":25.62,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/AHP-1_Double-Action-Hand-Pump_Studio_Front.jpg?v=1785004061"},{"product_id":"airhead-120-volt-high-pressure-air-pump-ahp-120hp-fast-inflate-deflate-for-towables-boats-and-inflatables","title":"Airhead AHP-120HP 120 Volt High-Pressure Towable Tube Air Pump, 460 LPM","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Airhead AHP-120HP is a 120 volt high-pressure air pump built to inflate and deflate towable tubes, inflatable boats, rafts, and pool floats quickly and effectively. It reaches a peak pressure of 2.5 psi, giving it enough force to firm up high-end inflatable boats, rafts, and reinforced towables, while a built-in pressure release valve limits inflation to 1.4 psi to prevent over-inflating vinyl and nylon covered items. With an air flow volume of 460 liters per minute, the AHP-120HP moves air fast in both directions, cutting down the time spent waiting to launch or pack up.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe pump connects through an accordion-style hose that locks directly onto the pump body, eliminating the accidental disconnections that plague standard hoses. Four universal valve fittings are included to fit the valves found on most popular inflatables, and the AHP-120HP adds an exclusive screw-on Boston Valve adapter for a secure, locking connection on Boston-valve items. The pump plugs into any household 120 volt outlet, drawing 6.1 amps (730 watts), and comes with a 10-foot power cord for reach away from the outlet. A built-in carry handle makes it easy to move between the garage, the truck, and the water's edge. The housing is aluminum, finished in yellow and black, and the complete unit measures 10.5 inches long by 6.25 inches wide by 8 inches high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Airhead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e AHP-120HP\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 253-AHP120HP\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hi-Pressure Inflatables and Towable Tube Pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 120 Volt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmperage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.1 Amps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Consumption:\u003c\/strong\u003e 730 Watts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAir Flow Volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 460 Liters Per Minute\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePeak Pressure:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.5 PSI\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePressure Release Valve Setting:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.4 PSI\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eValve Fittings:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 Universal Valve Fittings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHose Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Accordion-Style Locking Hose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Cord Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow\/Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10.5 Inches L x 6.25 Inches W x 8 Inches H\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.7125 Pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Source:\u003c\/strong\u003e Corded Electric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Kwik Tek\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 737826019809\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the peak pressure of the Airhead AHP-120HP air pump?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHP-120HP reaches a peak pressure of 2.5 psi, with a built-in pressure release valve that limits inflation to 1.4 psi to prevent over-inflating towables and pool toys.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow fast does the AHP-120HP inflate and deflate items?\u003c\/strong\u003e At an air flow volume of 460 liters per minute, the Airhead AHP-120HP inflates and deflates towable tubes, rafts, and pool floats quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat power does this pump need?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHP-120HP plugs into any household 120 volt outlet, draws 6.1 amps (730 watts), and includes a 10-foot power cord.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the AHP-120HP come with valve fittings?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, four universal valve fittings are included, along with an exclusive screw-on Boston Valve adapter for a secure connection to Boston-valve inflatables.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Boston Valve adapter included with the AHP-120HP?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a screw-on fitting exclusive to Airhead pumps, included with the AHP-120HP to give a secure, locking connection on inflatables that use a Boston valve.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the hose disconnect while pumping?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The AHP-120HP uses an accordion-style hose that locks onto the pump, eliminating the accidental disconnections common with standard hoses.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the AHP-120HP made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead AHP-120HP has an aluminum housing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the AHP-120HP weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHP-120HP weighs 3.7125 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the AHP-120HP?\u003c\/strong\u003e The pump measures 10.5 inches long by 6.25 inches wide by 8 inches high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the AHP-120HP easy to transport?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, it includes a built-in carry handle and a 10-foot power cord, making the Airhead AHP-120HP easy to move and set up at the pool or water's edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the AHP-120HP?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHP-120HP has a yellow and black color scheme.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can be inflated with the AHP-120HP?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead AHP-120HP inflates and deflates towable tubes, inflatable boats, rafts, and pool floats using its four universal valve fittings and Boston Valve adapter.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Airhead","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025184989403,"sku":"K-T-AHP-120HP","price":59.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/AHP-120HP_Towable-Pump-120-Volt_Studio_Group_Front-Left_Hero.jpg?v=1785004057"},{"product_id":"airhead-ahp-12h-12v-electric-air-inflation-pump-for-towables","title":"Airhead AHP-12H 12 Volt Portable Air Pump for Towables, Boats and Pool Floats","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Airhead AHP-12H is a high-volume 12 volt portable air pump built to inflate towables, blowup boats, pools, air mattresses, and beach toys quickly and easily. It moves 290 liters of air per minute, giving it more air volume and pressure than most pumps on the market, so large inflatables fill in a fraction of the time a hand pump would take. The pump features universal valve fittings that match all popular valve types, and it includes three adaptors so it is ready to use on a wide range of inflatables right out of the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor power, the AHP-12H plugs into any car or boat 12 volt cigarette lighter outlet using its five foot power cord, so you can inflate gear right where you plan to use it. The pump itself is a compact, handheld design that is easy to store in a boat, truck, or garage between uses. For towables that need to reach full riding pressure, Airhead recommends finishing the job with a few strokes of a hand pump or foot pump after using the AHP-12H to bring the inflatable most of the way up.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Airhead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e AHP-12H\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Source:\u003c\/strong\u003e Corded Electric, 12 Volt DC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAir Flow Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 290 Liters Per Minute\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Pressure:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.71 Pound per Square Inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Plug Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cigarette Lighter Plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Cord Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eValve Adaptors Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Mode:\u003c\/strong\u003e Automatic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.93125 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 737826018239\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much air does the Airhead AHP-12H pump move?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHP-12H moves 290 liters of air per minute, making it a high-volume pump for towables, boats, and other large inflatables.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the AHP-12H get power?\u003c\/strong\u003e It plugs into any car or boat 12 volt cigarette lighter outlet using its five foot power cord.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat valve types does this pump fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHP-12H has universal valve fittings that match all popular valve types found on towables, pool toys, and mattresses, and it includes three adaptors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can I inflate with the AHP-12H?\u003c\/strong\u003e This pump works with towables, blowup boats, pools, air mattresses, and beach toys.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the AHP-12H come with valve adaptors?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Airhead AHP-12H includes three adaptors to fit different valve types.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the AHP-12H fully inflate a towable to riding pressure?\u003c\/strong\u003e Airhead recommends topping off towables inflated with the AHP-12H using a few strokes of a hand pump or foot pump to reach full riding pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the AHP-12H weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead AHP-12H weighs 0.93125 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the AHP-12H portable?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, it is a compact, handheld 12 volt air pump designed for portable use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat voltage does the AHP-12H run on?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHP-12H is a 12 volt pump that runs off a standard cigarette lighter outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the power cord on the AHP-12H?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead AHP-12H has a five foot power cord.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Airhead","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025185022171,"sku":"K-T-AHP-12H","price":20.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/AHP-12H_Pool-Float-Pump-12-Volt_Studio_Front-Left_Hero.jpg?v=1785004068"},{"product_id":"airhead-12-volt-high-pressure-air-pump-for-inflatable-boats-rafts-and-towables","title":"AIRHEAD AHP-12HP 12 Volt High Pressure Air Pump for Towables, Alligator Clip Battery Hookup","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe AIRHEAD AHP-12HP is a 12 volt high pressure air pump built for inflating towables, boats, and rafts to their proper working pressure. It moves 410 liters of air per minute and reaches a maximum pressure of 2.5 psi, well beyond what an ordinary 12 volt pump can produce. Because it draws 28 amps and 340 watts, it is too powerful to run from a standard cigarette lighter outlet, so it connects instead directly to a car, truck, or boat battery using the included alligator clips and 10 foot power cord. This makes it easy to inflate large items streamside, at the dock, or in the driveway without needing to run the pump off a vehicle's accessory outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA removable pressure release valve limits output to 1.4 psi, which is the correct inflation pressure for towable tubes, preventing overinflation while still allowing full pressure for other uses when the valve is removed. Air travels through a 21 inch hose that is reinforced with PVC coils for durability and resistance to kinking. The pump ships with adapters for Stem, Boston, Leafield, Bravo, Hulkey Roberts, and other popular inflation valves, so it works across most towables, pool floats, airbeds, and inflatable boats. A molded carry handle keeps the unit easy to transport and store. The AHP-12HP is finished in yellow and measures 8 inches long by 7 inches wide by 6 inches high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e AIRHEAD\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e AHP-12HP\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 Volt Towable Air Pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 volt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Source:\u003c\/strong\u003e Alligator clips to car or boat battery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Cord Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAir Flow Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 410 liters per minute\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Pressure:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.5 psi\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePressure Release Valve:\u003c\/strong\u003e Limits output to 1.4 psi\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurrent Draw:\u003c\/strong\u003e 28 amps \/ 340 watts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHose Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 21 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHose Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e PVC-reinforced coils\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eValve Adapters Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stem, Boston, Leafield, Bravo, Hulkey Roberts, and more\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.73125 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 inches L x 7 inches W x 6 inches H\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 737826021789\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90-day warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many liters per minute does the AIRHEAD AHP-12HP air pump move?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHP-12HP moves 410 liters of air per minute, giving it enough airflow to fully inflate towables, boats, and rafts quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the AHP-12HP plug into a cigarette lighter?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The AHP-12HP draws 28 amps and 340 watts, which is too powerful for a standard cigarette lighter outlet, so it connects directly to a car, truck, or boat battery using the included alligator clips and 10 foot power cord.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum pressure of the AHP-12HP, and does it have a shutoff?\u003c\/strong\u003e Maximum pressure is 2.5 psi. A removable pressure release valve on the AHP-12HP limits output to 1.4 psi, which is the correct inflation pressure for towable tubes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat valve adapters come with the AHP-12HP?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHP-12HP includes adapters for Stem, Boston, Leafield, Bravo, Hulkey Roberts, and other popular inflation valves, covering most towables, pool floats, airbeds, and inflatable boats.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long are the hose and power cord on the AHP-12HP?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHP-12HP has a 21 inch hose reinforced with PVC coils and a 10 foot power cord ending in alligator clips for battery hookup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the AHP-12HP weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AIRHEAD AHP-12HP weighs 2.73125 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the AHP-12HP?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHP-12HP measures 8 inches long by 7 inches wide by 6 inches high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the AHP-12HP pump?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHP-12HP is finished in yellow.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the AHP-12HP come with a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the AHP-12HP is covered by a 90-day warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the AHP-12HP compare to AIRHEAD's other 12 volt pumps?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHP-12HP is the highest-pressure model in the lineup at 410 liters per minute and 2.5 psi maximum pressure, and it must be connected to a battery with alligator clips rather than plugged into a cigarette lighter outlet like AIRHEAD's cigarette-plug pump, because of its higher amp draw.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included in the box with the AHP-12HP?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHP-12HP ships with the pump body, a 10 foot power cord with alligator clips, a 21 inch reinforced hose, and valve adapters for Stem, Boston, Leafield, Bravo, Hulkey Roberts, and other popular valves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the AHP-12HP suitable for inflating towable tubes?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the AHP-12HP is designed for towables, with a removable pressure release valve that limits output to 1.4 psi, the proper inflation pressure for towable tubes.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Airhead","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025185448155,"sku":"K-T-AHP-12HP","price":64.46,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/AHP-12HP_Towable-Pump-12-Volt-Clips_Studio_Group_Front-Left_Hero.jpg?v=1785004059"},{"product_id":"airhead-shield-towable-tube-1-rider-large-blue-ahsh-t1","title":"Airhead Shield 1 Rider Towable Tube for Boating, Blue - AHSH-T1","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Airhead Shield is a 1 person towable tube built for riders who want speed, control, and comfort in one package. Its aerodynamic, rounded and tapered shape lets riders deflect splashes as they surf over wake, while two bolster fins add a layer of security during fast, wild rides. Four foam-filled handles with knuckle guards give riders a comfortable, secure grip when holding on tight and leaning into turns, and an expertly-placed boarding handle makes it easy to climb back on from the water. A self-draining floor vent keeps the tube ready to go between rides. The entire tube is wrapped in a double-stitched nylon cover for comfort and years of use, over a heavy-gauge PVC bladder with RF-welded seams for durability. The Kwik-Connect tow point lets you quickly and securely attach the tube to your tow rope, and the patented Speed Safety Valve makes inflating and deflating fast and simple. This family-friendly tube fits one adult or two kids, making it a solid addition to a boat's lineup of inflatable towables. Deflated dimensions measure 56 inches by 48 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Airhead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e AHSH-T1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Towable Tube, 1 Rider\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRider Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 adult or 2 kids\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (Deflated):\u003c\/strong\u003e 56 inches x 48 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12.1 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCover Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Double-stitched nylon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBladder Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavy-gauge PVC with RF-welded seams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandles:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 foam-filled handles with knuckle guards, plus boarding handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTow Point:\u003c\/strong\u003e Kwik-Connect\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eValve Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Patented Speed Safety Valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBolster Fins:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFloor Vent:\u003c\/strong\u003e Self-draining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 737826055739\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many riders does the Airhead Shield (AHSH-T1) fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead Shield is a 1 person towable tube designed to fit one adult or two kids.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the Shield towable tube?\u003c\/strong\u003e Deflated, the Airhead Shield measures 56 inches by 48 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Airhead Shield towable weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead Shield (AHSH-T1) weighs 12.1 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Shield tube made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Shield has a double-stitched nylon cover over a heavy-gauge PVC bladder with RF-welded seams, giving it both comfort and durability for years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you inflate and deflate the Shield tube?\u003c\/strong\u003e Inflation and deflation are handled through Airhead's patented Speed Safety Valve, which is built into the Shield for quick, easy setup and takedown.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the tube attach to the tow rope?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead Shield uses a Kwik-Connect tow point, letting riders quickly and securely hook the tube up to the tow rope.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Shield have handles for riders to hold onto?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Shield has four foam-filled handles with knuckle guards for grip and comfort, plus a separate boarding handle that makes it easier to climb back onto the tube from the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat keeps riders secure on the Shield during fast rides?\u003c\/strong\u003e Two bolster fins on the Airhead Shield help keep riders positioned on the tube even during aggressive turns and high-speed rides.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Shield tube drain water automatically?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Shield includes a self-draining floor vent so water clears out of the tube between rides.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the Airhead Shield different from the Airhead Slider?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Slider is a smaller, lightweight 1 person tube, while the Shield (AHSH-T1) adds four foam-filled handles with knuckle guards, a dedicated boarding handle, and a self-draining floor vent for added comfort and convenience.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color options does the AHSH-T1 Shield come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead Shield towable listed under part number AHSH-T1 is available in blue.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Airhead Shield covered by a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead Shield (AHSH-T1) is backed by a 1 year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Airhead","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025185513691,"sku":"K-T-AHSH-T1","price":112.57,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/Studio_Front-Left-Angle_20_AHSH-T1_AH_Shield.jpg?v=1785004071"},{"product_id":"airhead-slash-ii-steerable-2-rider-towable-tube-multi","title":"Airhead Slash 1-2 Rider Steerable Towable Tube, AHSL-32","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Airhead Slash AHSL-32 is a steerable towable tube built for 1 to 2 riders who want to carve turns behind the boat instead of just holding on. Riders lean left or right and the tube responds, letting you dodge the wake or dive straight through it. The Slash is fully covered in 840 denier double-stitched nylon over a 30-gauge PVC bladder, giving the tube the torsional rigidity needed to actually respond to rider commands rather than just flexing loosely. An open back design means climbing back on after a fall is quick and easy, which riders and tired adults both appreciate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eComfort and safety features are built into every part of the ride. Four nylon-wrapped handles with neoprene knuckle guards give riders a secure, cushioned grip, while a foam pad underneath smooths out the bumps. The tube connects to the tow rope through Airhead's Kwik-Connect tow point, and inflation and deflation are handled by a Boston valve along with Airhead's patented Speed Safety Valve for quick setup and breakdown at the ramp or the lake. Deflated, the Slash measures 58 inches by 48 inches for storage and transport, and the finished tube weighs 16.8375 pounds. It comes in a multi-color cover and is backed by a 1 year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Airhead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e AHSL-32\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRider Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-2 Riders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeflated Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 58 inches x 48 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16.8375 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCover Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e 840 denier double-stitched nylon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBladder Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30-gauge PVC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Multi\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eValve Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Boston valve with patented Speed Safety Valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTow Point:\u003c\/strong\u003e Kwik-Connect\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandles:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 nylon-wrapped handles with neoprene knuckle guards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steerable, open back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 737826032235\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 year\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many riders can use the Airhead Slash AHSL-32?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Slash AHSL-32 is built for 1 to 2 riders at a time, making it a good fit for a solo rider or two people riding together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Airhead Slash towable tube steerable?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Slash AHSL-32 is a steerable tube. Riders lean left to turn left and lean right to turn right, letting them dodge the wake or ride straight through it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Slash AHSL-32 towable tube made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e It has an 840 denier double-stitched nylon cover over a 30-gauge PVC bladder, which keeps the tube torsionally rigid so it responds to rider movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the Slash AHSL-32 when deflated?\u003c\/strong\u003e Deflated, the Airhead Slash AHSL-32 measures 58 inches by 48 inches, making it manageable to fold and store.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Airhead Slash AHSL-32 weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Slash AHSL-32 weighs 16.8375 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat kind of valve does the Slash tube use for inflation?\u003c\/strong\u003e A Boston valve is used together with Airhead's patented Speed Safety Valve, which makes inflating and deflating the AHSL-32 quick and simple.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the tow rope attach to the Slash AHSL-32?\u003c\/strong\u003e The tube uses Airhead's Kwik-Connect tow point, which lets riders quickly connect and disconnect the tow rope from the AHSL-32.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat handles come on the Airhead Slash tube?\u003c\/strong\u003e Four nylon-wrapped handles with neoprene knuckle guards are built into the Slash AHSL-32 for a secure, comfortable grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it easy to climb back onto the Slash AHSL-32 after falling off?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the open back design of the AHSL-32 provides a seamless transition from the water back onto the tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the Airhead Slash AHSL-32?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Slash AHSL-32 comes in a multi-color cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Airhead Slash AHSL-32 come with a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is backed by a 1 year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a single-rider version of the Airhead Slash?\u003c\/strong\u003e Riders who want a single-rider steerable tube instead of the 2-rider Slash AHSL-32 can look at Airhead's Carve tube, which is built as its 1-rider steerable counterpart.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Airhead","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025185546459,"sku":"K-T-AHSL-32","price":272.01,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/AHSL-32-Slash-Angle3.jpg?v=1785004061"},{"product_id":"airhead-ez-up-slalom-training-rope-75-foot-1-section-water-ski-rope-with-floating-handle-for-beginners","title":"Airhead AHSR-2 EZ Up Slalom Training Water Ski Rope - 1 Section, 75 Feet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Airhead EZ Up Slalom Training Rope (AHSR-2) is a 1 section water ski tow rope built to help beginner water skiers learn the sport with confidence. It is designed around a floating aluminum handle with molded end caps, giving new skiers a secure, comfortable grip while keeping the handle visible and easy to recover if dropped in the water. The handle features a 12 inch EVA grip, which provides a soft, stable handhold that helps riders new to the sport keep their bearings and stay on the water longer without fatigue or discomfort.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rope itself is a 16-strand, 75-foot line that is both UV-treated and pre-stretched. UV treatment helps the rope resist fading and degradation from sun exposure, while pre-stretching means skiers get a taut, responsive pull with minimal slack during the ride. The rope is finished in a bright red color that stands out clearly against the water, making it easier to spot for both the skier and the boat driver.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA Rope Keeper is included with the AHSR-2, allowing the rope to be coiled and stored neatly between uses instead of tangling in a boat locker or storage bag. As a single-section training rope, the AHSR-2 is intended for skiers who are still developing their technique, rather than the multi-section adjustable ropes used for slalom courses at varying distances.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Airhead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e AHSR-2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Section Water Ski Tow Rope\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 75 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStrand Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16-strand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrip Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrip Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e EVA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandle Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminum, floating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnd Caps:\u003c\/strong\u003e Molded\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRope Treatment:\u003c\/strong\u003e UV-treated, pre-stretched\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Components:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rope Keeper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.9 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 737826019113\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the Airhead AHSR-2 training rope?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead AHSR-2 EZ Up Slalom Training Rope measures 75 feet, giving new skiers a standard distance for learning behind the boat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the AHSR-2 a good rope for beginner water skiers?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the AHSR-2 is specifically designed as a training rope to help beginner water skiers master the art of confident skiing, with a single-section design that keeps things simple while learning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the handle made of on this rope?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHSR-2 has an aluminum floating handle with molded end caps, so the handle stays on the surface of the water and is easy to recover if a skier lets go.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the grip on the AHSR-2 handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e The handle grip is 12 inches long and made of EVA foam, providing a stable, comfortable handhold for riders of all ages and abilities.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many sections does the AHSR-2 rope have?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHSR-2 is a 1 section water ski rope, unlike the multi-section Airhead ropes (such as the AHSR-3 or AHSR-4) that offer adjustable lengths for different towable sports.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the AHSR-2 rope pre-stretched?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 16-strand, 75-foot rope on the AHSR-2 is pre-stretched at the factory, which reduces excess slack when the rope is pulling a skier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the AHSR-2 rope fade in the sun?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHSR-2 rope is UV-treated to help resist fading and degradation from sun exposure during regular use on the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the AHSR-2 water ski rope?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHSR-2 comes in a bright red color, making it easy to spot in the water for both the skier and the boat driver.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the AHSR-2 come with anything for storage?\u003c\/strong\u003e A Rope Keeper is included with the AHSR-2, allowing the rope to be coiled and stored neatly to avoid tangling between uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the AHSR-2 rope weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead AHSR-2 EZ Up Slalom Training Rope weighs 1.9 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the AHSR-2 be used for anything besides slalom skiing?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHSR-2 is built and marketed as a training rope for water skiers learning the sport, rather than a multi-purpose towable rope.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the AHSR-2 and the Airhead AHSR-3 rope?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHSR-2 is a single-section 75-foot training rope with a straight aluminum handle, while the Airhead AHSR-3 is a 3 section radius handle rope with adjustable lengths of 75, 60, or 45 feet for skiing, wakeboarding, or kneeboarding.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Airhead","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025185579227,"sku":"K-T-AHSR-2","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/AHSR-2.jpg?v=1785004059"},{"product_id":"airhead-ahsr-3-radius-handle-3-section-water-ski-rope-75-feet","title":"Airhead Radius Handle 3 Section Water Ski Tow Rope, 75\/60\/45 ft, AHSR-3","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Airhead Radius Handle Water Ski Tow Rope (AHSR-3) is a three-section tow rope built for skiers, wakeboarders, and kneeboarders who want a more natural, comfortable grip on the water. The handle features a 17 degree, 13-inch radius aluminum core that follows the natural angle of the arm, wrapped in a soft patterned EVA grip for cushioning and control. Full-length finger guards run the length of the handle, giving riders a secure, split-finger hold that resists slipping even during hard pulls.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe mainline itself is a 16-strand, UV-treated rope built in three sections, so one rope adjusts to 75, 60, or 45 feet depending on the rider and the activity. Each section is a different bright color, making it easy for the boat driver and rider to see rope length and position at a glance. An encased crossover yoke reinforces the high-abrasion connection points where the sections meet, extending the working life of the rope. A Rope Keeper is included, letting you coil and store the rope neatly and tangle-free between sessions. This is a versatile, general-purpose tow rope suited to skiing, wakeboarding, and kneeboarding behind most tow boats.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Airhead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e AHSR-3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Water Sport Tow Cable, 3 Section\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandle Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminum core\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandle Radius:\u003c\/strong\u003e 13 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandle Angle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 17 degrees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrip:\u003c\/strong\u003e Patterned EVA, full-length finger guards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRope Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16-strand, UV-treated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSections:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3, each a different color\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e 75, 60, or 45 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClosure Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Snap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Multicolored\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Components:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rope Keeper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 19.6 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 737826021147\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the Airhead AHSR-3 tow rope?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead Radius Handle Water Ski Tow Rope (AHSR-3) is a 3 section rope usable at 75, 60, or 45 feet, so it adjusts to the activity and rider skill level.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat activities can I use this rope for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHSR-3 is designed for water skiing, wakeboarding, and kneeboarding, with its three length options covering all three sports behind a tow boat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the handle made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The handle uses a 17 degree, 13-inch radius aluminum core wrapped in a soft patterned EVA grip, with full-length finger guards for a secure split-finger hold.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy is the handle angled at 17 degrees?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 17 degree, 13-inch radius handle on the Airhead AHSR-3 follows the natural angle of the arm, which allows for a more comfortable grip over long tow sessions compared to a straight handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the rope UV-treated?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the mainline on the AHSR-3 is a 16-strand, UV-treated rope, which helps it resist sun degradation during regular outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow can I tell the sections apart on the water?\u003c\/strong\u003e Each of the three sections on the Airhead AHSR-3 is a different bright color, making it easy for the boat driver and rider to see the rope length and position at a glance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the encased crossover yoke for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The encased crossover yoke on the AHSR-3 protects the connection points between rope sections, which are high-abrasion wear areas, helping the rope last longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the rope come with a way to store it?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, a Rope Keeper is included with the AHSR-3 for coiling and storing the rope neatly and tangle-free between uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does this tow rope weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead AHSR-3 water ski tow rope weighs 19.6 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the finger guard on the handle do?\u003c\/strong\u003e Full-length finger guards run along the AHSR-3 handle to provide a solid, unmistakable split-finger grip, helping riders hold on securely during hard pulls.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this rope adjustable for different skill levels?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, since the AHSR-3 is a 3 section rope, riders can use it at 75, 60, or 45 feet, making it suitable for skiers and boarders at different skill levels.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Airhead","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025185611995,"sku":"K-T-AHSR-3","price":61.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/AHSR-3.jpg?v=1785004059"},{"product_id":"airhead-ahsr-4-tow-rope-75-ft-4-section-16-strand-1-600-lb-tensile-strength-black","title":"Airhead AHSR-4 4 Section Water Ski Tow Rope, 75 feet, Aluminum Core Handle","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Airhead AHSR-4 is a 75-foot, 4 section water ski tow rope built for skiers, wakeboarders, and kneeboarders of all skill levels. The handle is crafted with a 12 inch aluminum core for a solid, comfortable grip, and molded finger protectors help riders hang on tight for long pulls without hand fatigue. The rope itself is 16-strand construction rated for 1,600 pounds of tensile strength, giving it the durability needed for repeated hard pulls behind the boat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach of the 4 sections is finished in a bright candy stripe color scheme for easy visibility on the water, and the rope is UV-treated so the color resists fading from sun exposure over time. The rope is made from polypropylene, a lightweight material that stands up well to repeated water exposure. A Rope Keeper is included so the rope can be coiled and stored tangle-free between outings, keeping it ready for the next session at the dock or in the boat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause it is a general-purpose tow rope rather than an OEM replacement part, the AHSR-4 is compatible with any boat and tow setup suited to skiing, wakeboarding, or kneeboarding; it is not tied to a specific boat make or model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Airhead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e AHSR-4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 Section Water Ski Tow Rope\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRope Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 75 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Sections:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandle Core Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandle Core Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRope Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16-strand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTensile Strength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,600 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Candy stripe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polypropylene (PP)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUV Treatment:\u003c\/strong\u003e UV-treated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Components:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rope, Rope Keeper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.7 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 737826019083\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the Airhead AHSR-4 water ski rope?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead AHSR-4 is 75 feet long and divided into 4 sections, giving riders room to adjust distance behind the boat as they progress in skill.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the AHSR-4 handle made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e It has a 12 inch aluminum core handle with molded finger protectors, providing a solid, comfortable grip for long pulls.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this rope be used for wakeboarding and kneeboarding, or only water skiing?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the AHSR-4 is designed for water skiing, wakeboarding, and kneeboarding, not just traditional skiing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the tensile strength of the AHSR-4 tow rope?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHSR-4 features 16-strand rope construction with a 1,600-pound tensile strength.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the AHSR-4 rope made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e The rope is made from polypropylene (PP), a lightweight material suited to repeated water exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the color of the AHSR-4 rope fade in the sun?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the AHSR-4 rope is UV-treated, so its candy stripe color scheme resists fading from sun exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the AHSR-4 come with anything besides the rope?\u003c\/strong\u003e A Rope Keeper is included with the AHSR-4 for tangle-free storage between uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Airhead AHSR-4 weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHSR-4 weighs 1.7 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy are there 4 sections on this rope instead of 1?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHSR-4's 4 section design, with each section a different bright color, gives riders visual distance markers and lets skiers and boarders of all skill levels use one rope.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the AHSR-4 compatible with any boat?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the AHSR-4 is a general-purpose tow rope suited to any boat and tow setup used for skiing, wakeboarding, or kneeboarding; it is not tied to a specific boat make or model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the AHSR-4 different from Airhead's 1 section rope?\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike a single-section rope, the AHSR-4's 4 section, candy stripe design breaks the 75 foot length into distinct colored segments, while still sharing the same 12 inch aluminum core handle and molded finger protectors found across Airhead's ski rope line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the UPC for the Airhead AHSR-4?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead AHSR-4 4 section water ski tow rope has UPC 737826019083.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Airhead","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025185644763,"sku":"K-T-AHSR-4","price":34.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/AHSR-4.jpg?v=1785004063"},{"product_id":"airhead-ahsr-5-heavy-duty-tow-harness-water-ski-rope-red-adult-75-feet","title":"Airhead 1 Section Water Ski Tow Rope, 75 ft, 1500 lb Break Strength, AHSR-5","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Airhead AHSR-5 is a 1 section water ski tow rope built for skiers and boarders who want a simple, dependable line without extra handles or sections to manage. At 75 feet long, it gives riders room to work through wakes and turns, and it doubles as a wakeboarding and kneeboarding rope, so one line covers multiple watersports without swapping gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe handle is built around a 12 inch aluminum core for a rigid, stable grip that will not flex or twist under load. A performance grip wraps the core for comfort during long pulls, and molded finger protectors let riders hang on tight for extended periods without their grip sliding or fingers taking the brunt of the tension. The rope itself is a 16-strand construction rated for a 1500-pound break strength, giving it the strength margin expected of a dedicated ski line. It is finished in red for visibility on the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA rope keeper is included so the line can be coiled and stored without tangling between sessions, keeping the rope ready to grab and go. As a 1 section design, the AHSR-5 is best suited to riders who want one consistent length rather than the multi-section handle changes used for progression training.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Airhead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e AHSR-5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Water Sport Tow Cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSections:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Section\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 75 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRope Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16-strand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBreak Strength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1500 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandle Core Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminum, 12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminum, EVA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClosure Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Snap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.2 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Components:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rope Keeper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 737826021130\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the Airhead AHSR-5 tow rope?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead AHSR-5 is 75 feet long, built as a single-section water ski rope.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the break strength of this rope?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHSR-5 is rated for a 1500-pound break strength thanks to its 16-strand rope construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this rope be used for wakeboarding or kneeboarding, not just skiing?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the AHSR-5 is versatile enough for water skiing, wakeboarding, and kneeboarding on the same 75-foot line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the handle made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The handle uses a 12-inch aluminum core wrapped in a performance grip, with a material composition of aluminum and EVA.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the handle have finger protection?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the AHSR-5 handle includes molded finger protectors so riders can hold on tightly during long pulls without fatigue.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many sections does this water ski rope have?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHSR-5 is a 1 section rope, meaning it is a single continuous length rather than a multi-handle progression rope.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the AHSR-5 rope?\u003c\/strong\u003e This Airhead water ski rope is finished in red.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the AHSR-5 come with anything for storage?\u003c\/strong\u003e A rope keeper is included with the AHSR-5 for tangle-free storage between uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the AHSR-5 weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead AHSR-5 weighs 1.2 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the AHSR-5 differ from Airhead's double handle ski rope?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHSR-5 is a single-section, single-handle rope, while Airhead's double handle version adds a second TPR tractor-grip handle for slalom learning or two-rider use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of closure does the AHSR-5 rope use?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHSR-5 uses a snap closure type.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the AHSR-5 handle rigid or flexible?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHSR-5 handle is built around a 12-inch aluminum core, giving it a rigid, stable grip rather than a flexible one.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Airhead","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025185677531,"sku":"K-T-AHSR-5","price":24.1,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/AHSR-5.jpg?v=1785004059"},{"product_id":"airhead-strike-1-rider-towable-tube-kit-with-50-ft-tow-rope-and-12-volt-air-pump-ahst-23k","title":"Airhead Strike Kit AHST-23K 1 Rider Towable Tube with 50-Foot Rope and 12-Volt Pump","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Airhead Strike Kit (AHST-23K) is a complete 1 rider towable package for boating and watersports, combining the Strike deck tube with a 50-foot color-coordinating tow rope and a 12-volt air pump so riders have everything needed for a day on the water. The tube itself is built for speed and comfort: a double-stitched nylon cover wraps the entire tube, while a heavy duty PVC bladder and electronically welded seams are designed to hold up to repeated use. Foam-filled, nylon wrapped handles paired with neoprene knuckle guards keep riders comfortable and secure while holding on at speed, and the exclusive Kwik-Connect tow system lets riders quickly and easily connect the tube to the included rope. Like other Airhead tubes, the Strike uses a Patented Speed Safety Valve that simplifies inflation and deflation while helping maximize time spent on the water rather than setting up. The kit is finished in blue and is backed by a 1 year warranty. For groups larger than one rider, Airhead also offers the Renegade 3 Kit as a 3 rider alternative.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Airhead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e AHST-23K\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Rider Towable Tube Kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRider Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Rider\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Components:\u003c\/strong\u003e Towable tube, 50-foot tow rope, 12-volt air pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCover Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Double-stitched nylon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBladder Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavy duty PVC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeam Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Electronically welded seams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Foam-filled, nylon wrapped, padded\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKnuckle Guards:\u003c\/strong\u003e Neoprene\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTow System:\u003c\/strong\u003e Kwik-Connect\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTow Rope Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAir Pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-volt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eValve Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Patented Speed Safety Valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 13.58125 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 737826051236\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included in the Airhead Strike Kit AHST-23K?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead Strike Kit (AHST-23K) includes the 1 rider Strike towable tube, a 50-foot color-coordinating tow rope, and a 12-volt air pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many riders does the Strike Kit AHST-23K hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e AHST-23K is a 1 rider towable tube, designed for a single person per ride.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Strike Kit come with a pump and rope, or just the tube?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the AHST-23K Strike Kit comes with both a 12-volt air pump and a 50-foot tow rope, unlike the standalone Strike tube which is sold without these accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the Airhead Strike towable tube made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Strike tube in kit AHST-23K has a double-stitched nylon cover over a heavy duty PVC bladder, with electronically welded seams for durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the Speed Safety Valve on the Strike Kit work?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead Strike Kit uses a Patented Speed Safety Valve that simplifies both inflating and deflating the tube, helping maximize time spent on the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Kwik-Connect system on the AHST-23K?\u003c\/strong\u003e Kwik-Connect is Airhead's tow system that lets riders quickly and easily connect the Strike tube to the included tow rope.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the handles on the Strike Kit padded?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the AHST-23K Strike Kit has foam-filled, nylon wrapped handles along with neoprene knuckle guards for rider comfort.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Airhead Strike Kit weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead Strike Kit AHST-23K weighs 13.58125 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the tow rope included with the Strike Kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHST-23K Strike Kit includes a 50-foot color-coordinating tow rope.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat voltage is the air pump included with the Strike Kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e A 12-volt air pump is included with the Airhead Strike Kit AHST-23K for inflating the tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a larger version of the Strike Kit for more riders?\u003c\/strong\u003e AHST-23K is the 1 rider version; Airhead also offers the Renegade 3 Kit for 3 riders as a separate product.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty comes with the Airhead Strike Kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead Strike Kit AHST-23K is backed by a 1 year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Airhead","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025185743067,"sku":"K-T-AHST-23K","price":128.24,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/AHST-23K-Strike-Kit.jpg?v=1785004071"},{"product_id":"airhead-big-mable-towable-tube-2-rider-inflatable-boat-tube-with-full-nylon-cover-orange","title":"Airhead Big Mable AHT2213BM 2 Person Towable Tube for Boating, Orange","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Airhead Big Mable (AHT2213BM) is a chariot-style 2 person towable tube built for family days on the water. Part of Airhead's best-selling Mable family, it features foam seating pads, cushioned side walls, and a supportive backrest so both riders stay comfortable and secure whether cruising at low speed or bouncing over wakes. Ten perfectly-placed double webbing foam handles help keep riders on board, while the Patented Speed Safety Valve and Kwik-Connect tow point make the tube quick to inflate, deflate, attach, and detach.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBig Mable is a two-way tube, so riders can sit or kneel facing either direction for a different ride experience every time out. The tube is crafted with full double stitched nylon and printed with custom graphics, and a heavy gauge PVC bladder sits underneath the full nylon cover to hold up to years of regular use. Big Mable is designed for any family that wants to make sunny days on the water more memorable, and it pairs with a tow rope and boat for standard towable tubing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Airhead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e AHT2213BM\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Towable Rafts \u0026amp; Tubes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRider Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 person\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCover Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full double stitched nylon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBladder Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavy gauge PVC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 69 inches long x 66 inches wide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 32.8 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Weight Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 300 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTow Points:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dual tow points with Kwik-Connect tow point\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandles:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 double webbing foam handles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eValve:\u003c\/strong\u003e Patented Speed Safety Valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAge Range:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adult\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10737826511584\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many riders fit on the Airhead Big Mable towable tube?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead Big Mable AHT2213BM is a 2 person towable tube, designed to carry two riders at once for tandem tubing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum weight capacity of the Big Mable tube?\u003c\/strong\u003e 300 pounds is the maximum weight capacity for the Big Mable AHT2213BM towable tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the Big Mable towable tube?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Big Mable measures 69 inches long by 66 inches wide when inflated.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan riders kneel instead of sit on the Big Mable?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Big Mable is a two-way tube, so riders can sit or kneel facing either direction for different ride styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Big Mable towable tube made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Big Mable is covered in full double stitched nylon over a heavy gauge PVC bladder, giving it a durable, comfortable cover that holds up to repeated use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you attach the Big Mable to the boat's tow rope?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Big Mable uses a Kwik-Connect tow point along with dual tow points, letting riders attach or detach the tube from the tow rope quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the Speed Safety Valve work on the Big Mable?\u003c\/strong\u003e Airhead's Patented Speed Safety Valve on the Big Mable AHT2213BM is designed for simple, fast inflation and deflation, so setup and pack-up take less time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many handles does the Big Mable towable tube have?\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 double webbing foam handles are placed around the Big Mable tube to help both riders hold on securely.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color does the Big Mable towable tube come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Big Mable AHT2213BM is offered in orange.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat comes in the box with the Big Mable tube?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Big Mable AHT2213BM ships as 1 towable tube; a tow rope and boat are needed separately for towing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the Big Mable different from the Lil' Mable, Super Mable, and Great Big Mable?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Big Mable AHT2213BM carries 2 riders, while the Lil' Mable is a 1 person tube, the Super Mable holds 3 riders, and the Great Big Mable holds up to 4 riders; all share the same foam seating pads, backrest, dual tow points, and Patented Speed Safety Valve design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Big Mable tube durable enough for regular use?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Big Mable's heavy gauge PVC bladder and full double stitched nylon cover are built to hold up to years of regular towing and watersports use.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Airhead","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025185775835,"sku":"K-T-AHT2213BM","price":372.33,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/AHT2213BM_Big-Mable_01.jpg?v=1785004069"},{"product_id":"airhead-mable-towable-tube-4-rider-inflatable-boat-tube-with-dual-tow-points-orange","title":"Airhead Great Big Mable 4 Person Towable Tube for Boating with Dual Tow Points","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Airhead Great Big Mable is a 4 person towable tube built for family-sized fun behind the boat. Part of Airhead's popular Mable family, it carries over the classic features tube lovers expect - a supportive backrest, comfortable foam seating pads, and top-notch safety details - while scaling up to a large four-rider chariot-style design. Riders can sit or kneel, and the tube tows two different ways thanks to its dual tow points plus a Kwik-Connect tow point attachment, giving groups the flexibility to choose how they ride.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe cover is made from double stitched full nylon for durability and all-day comfort, and 22 double webbing foam handles with knuckle guards keep every rider secure while cruising or hitting waves. Inside, a heavy-gauge PVC bladder is built to hold up season after season. Inflating and deflating is fast thanks to Airhead's patented Speed Safety Valve, a simple design that gets the tube on and off the water quickly. Beyond towing, the Great Big Mable doubles as a deluxe floating lounger at the lake, pool, or beach, so it keeps earning its keep even when nobody is being pulled behind the boat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Airhead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e AHT2218GM\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRider Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 person\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight Capacity Maximum:\u003c\/strong\u003e 680 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 93 inches L x 85 inches W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45.4 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Nylon cover with PVC bladder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandles:\u003c\/strong\u003e 22 double webbing foam handles with knuckle guards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTow Points:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dual tow points plus Kwik-Connect tow point\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eValve Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Patented Speed Safety Valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many riders does the Airhead Great Big Mable hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead Great Big Mable (part number AHT2218GM) is a 4 person towable tube, letting a full group ride together behind the boat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this towable tube?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Great Big Mable has a maximum weight capacity of 680 pounds, supporting up to four riders at once.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan riders sit or kneel on the Great Big Mable?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the tube's dual tow point design lets riders sit or kneel, and it can be towed in either direction for a different ride experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the deflated or overall size of the tube?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Great Big Mable measures 93 inches long by 85 inches wide as an inflated product dimension.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Great Big Mable weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e This towable tube weighs 45.4 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the tube's cover made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e A double stitched full nylon cover wraps the entire Great Big Mable tube for comfort and long-term durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many handles does the tube have?\u003c\/strong\u003e 22 double webbing foam handles with knuckle guards are placed around the Great Big Mable so all four riders have a secure grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you inflate and deflate the Great Big Mable?\u003c\/strong\u003e Airhead's patented Speed Safety Valve makes inflating and deflating the Great Big Mable quick and simple, no extra tools required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color does the Great Big Mable come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Great Big Mable towable tube is offered in orange.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Great Big Mable good for anything besides towing?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, thanks to its foam seat pads and supportive backrest, the Great Big Mable also works well as a floating lounger at the lake or pool when it is not being towed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the Great Big Mable compare to the smaller Big Mable?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Great Big Mable scales up the same Mable-family design to a 4 person capacity, while the original Big Mable is sized for 2 riders; both share the backrest, dual tow points, and Speed Safety Valve features.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included when you buy the Great Big Mable?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Great Big Mable AHT2218GM ships as a complete towable tube with its nylon cover, PVC bladder, foam handles, and Speed Safety Valve installed and ready to inflate.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Airhead","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025185874139,"sku":"K-T-AHT2218GM","price":523.24,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/AHT2218GM_Great-Big-Mable_01.jpg?v=1785004069"},{"product_id":"airhead-mable-towable-tube-3-rider-inflatable-boat-tube-orange","title":"Airhead Super Mable AHT2223SM 3 Person Chariot-Style Towable Tube for Boating, Orange","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Airhead Super Mable (AHT2223SM) is a 3 person towable tube built in a chariot-style design that holds up to three riders, making it a great choice for family outings on the water. The tube can be ridden two different ways, giving kids and teens versatility in how they experience the ride. A supportive backrest and comfortable foam seating pads keep riders secure and comfortable, while 16 foam-filled handles give everyone a solid, safe grip. Dual tow points plus a Kwik-Connect tow point make it easy to hook up to the boat and switch riding configurations quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eConstruction is built for durability: the cover is made from double stitched full nylon that fully encases the tube, and a heavy gauge PVC bladder underneath is designed to hold up to years of regular use. The bright orange color and racing-inspired design make the Super Mable easy to spot on the water. It also works as a floating lounger at the lake or pool when you want to relax instead of ride. Inflating and deflating is fast and simple thanks to the patented Speed Safety Valve, a signature Airhead feature.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Airhead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e AHT2223SM\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Super Mable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRider Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-3 Riders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Weight Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 510 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60 inches L x 44 inches W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36.7 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCover Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full nylon, double stitched\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBladder Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavy gauge PVC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTow Points:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dual tow points with Kwik-Connect attachment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandles:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16 foam-filled handles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eValve:\u003c\/strong\u003e Patented Speed Safety Valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRiding Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Chariot-style, can be ridden two different ways\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many riders does the Airhead Super Mable hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Super Mable (AHT2223SM) is a chariot-style tube that holds up to three riders at once, making it well suited to family outings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum weight capacity of the Super Mable towable tube?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Super Mable towable tube has a maximum weight capacity of 510 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is the Airhead Super Mable when inflated?\u003c\/strong\u003e Inflated, the Super Mable measures 60 inches long by 44 inches wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Super Mable tube weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead Super Mable weighs 36.7 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Super Mable towable tube made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e It has a double stitched full nylon cover wrapped around a heavy gauge PVC bladder, giving the Super Mable (AHT2223SM) a durable build meant to hold up to repeated use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many tow points does the Super Mable have?\u003c\/strong\u003e Two tow points are built into the Super Mable, plus a Kwik-Connect tow point, so riders and drivers can choose how the tube is attached and how it rides.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the Super Mable be ridden in different positions?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the chariot-style design of the Super Mable lets it be ridden two different ways, adding versatility for kids and teens.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the Super Mable inflate and deflate?\u003c\/strong\u003e Inflating and deflating the Super Mable is handled by Airhead's patented Speed Safety Valve, which is built for quick, easy use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many handles does the Super Mable towable tube have?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Super Mable includes 16 foam-filled handles to keep riders secure while being towed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color does the Airhead Super Mable come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Super Mable (AHT2223SM) has a bright orange, racing-inspired design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the Super Mable be used for anything besides towing?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Super Mable doubles as a floating lounger, so it can be used to relax at the lake or pool when it is not being towed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a similar Airhead tube to the Super Mable?\u003c\/strong\u003e Riders who like the chariot-style design of the Super Mable may also want to consider the Airhead Chariot Warbird 3.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Airhead","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025185841371,"sku":"K-T-AHT2223SM","price":447.11,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/AHT2223SM_Super-Mable_01.jpg?v=1785004069"},{"product_id":"airhead-aht22sl-slice-inflatable-double-rider-towable-tube","title":"Airhead Slice AHT22SL 1-2 Rider Towable Tube for Boating, Tapered Gusset Design","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Airhead Slice AHT22SL is a 1-2 rider towable tube built around a tapered gusset design that slopes downward from back to front. Unlike ordinary flat deck tubes, this shape gives the tube a thicker front and thinner back, which improves the towing experience, makes for a more comfortable ride, and allows for easy boarding directly from the water. The tapered edge also gives both the tower and the boat driver maximum dexterity and control while underway.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRiders stay secure thanks to a topside neoprene panel and 4 nylon-wrapped handles with comfortable neoprene knuckle guards, each padded with foam-filled, fabric-wrapped construction. The tube's 30 gauge virgin PVC bladder is fully encased by a rugged 840 denier double-stitched nylon cover with a reinforced internal tow harness, making it more dependable than ordinary inflatable boat tubes, and the bladder measures 58 inches when deflated. For convenience and safety, the Slice is equipped with a patented Speed Safety Valve for fast inflating and deflating, along with an easy Kwik-Connect tow rope attachment system. Whether you are pulling one rider or two, the Slice delivers a dependable, secure ride for a full day on the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Airhead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e AHT22SL\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRider Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-2 Riders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Towable Rafts \u0026amp; Tubes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBladder Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 gauge virgin PVC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCover Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e 840 denier double-stitched nylon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeck Panel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Neoprene (topside)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandles:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 nylon-wrapped handles with neoprene knuckle guards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandle Padding:\u003c\/strong\u003e Foam-filled, fabric-wrapped\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeflated Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 58 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTow System:\u003c\/strong\u003e Kwik-Connect\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eValve:\u003c\/strong\u003e Patented Speed Safety Valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tapered gusset, thicker front, thinner back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 737826511655\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11.4 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many riders does the Airhead Slice AHT22SL hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHT22SL Slice is a towable tube designed for 1 or 2 riders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes the Slice different from a flat deck tube?\u003c\/strong\u003e Instead of a flat deck, the Slice uses a tapered gusset design that is thicker in front and thinner in back, which improves towing characteristics, gives a more comfortable riding position, and makes it easier to climb on from the water compared to an ordinary deck tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Slice tube made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHT22SL bladder is 30 gauge virgin PVC, fully encased in an 840 denier double-stitched nylon cover with a reinforced internal tow harness for durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the tube when deflated?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead Slice AHT22SL measures 58 inches when deflated.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you inflate and deflate the Slice?\u003c\/strong\u003e It uses a patented Speed Safety Valve that allows for quick and easy inflating and deflating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do the handles stay comfortable during a ride?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Slice has 4 nylon-wrapped, foam-filled handles with neoprene knuckle guards for a secure and comfortable grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the tube attach to the tow rope?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHT22SL connects to the tow rope through Airhead's Kwik-Connect system, designed for quick and easy hook-ups.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the Airhead Slice AHT22SL?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHT22SL Slice towable tube comes in green.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Slice towable tube weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead Slice AHT22SL weighs 11.4 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the tapered design help prevent submarining?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Slice's thicker front and thinner back design is built to help prevent submarining compared to non-tapered towable tubes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat kind of panel is on top of the Slice?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHT22SL features a topside neoprene panel as part of its riding surface.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Airhead","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025185906907,"sku":"K-T-AHT22SL","price":119.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/AHT22SL_Slice_Studio_Top_large_4332a03a-f55e-460f-be24-8d0b1708710e.jpg?v=1785004071"},{"product_id":"airhead-aht2gf-g-force-2-rider-inflatable-towable-tube-64-x-60-inches","title":"Airhead G-Force 2 Rider Towable Tube with Stabilizer Fins, AHT2GF","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Airhead G-Force (AHT2GF) is a 2 person inflatable towable tube built for riders who want speed, control, and a secure ride behind the boat. Unlike simple deck tubes, the G-Force adds inflatable topside stabilizer fins that help keep riders on board through sharp turns and wake-crossing pulls, making it a favorite for both cruising and more aggressive towing. Four deluxe nylon-wrapped handles, each fitted with neoprene knuckle guards, give riders a comfortable and secure grip whether they are holding on for a calm lake cruise or a fast run at dusk.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eConstruction is built to last: a tough 30 gauge virgin PVC bladder is fully wrapped in an 840 denier double-stitched nylon cover, giving the tube far more durability than typical inflatable boat tubes. A heavy-duty Kwik-Connect tow point makes hook-up to the tow rope fast and secure, and the patented Speed Safety Valve allows for quick inflation and deflation at the start and end of the day. Measuring 64 inches by 60 inches deflated, the G-Force is sized for two riders and finished in a blue colorway. This is a universal towable tube designed to be towed behind boats and is not vehicle- or engine-specific.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Airhead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e AHT2GF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRider Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (deflated):\u003c\/strong\u003e 64 inches long x 60 inches wide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15.2 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Neoprene, Nylon, Polyvinyl Chloride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBladder:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 gauge virgin PVC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCover:\u003c\/strong\u003e 840 denier double-stitched nylon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandles:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 deluxe nylon-wrapped handles with neoprene knuckle guards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTow System:\u003c\/strong\u003e Kwik-Connect tow point\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eValve:\u003c\/strong\u003e Patented Speed Safety Valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 737826511624\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal towable tube for use behind boats; not specific to any make, model, or engine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many riders does the Airhead G-Force tube hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead G-Force (AHT2GF) is built for 2 riders at once.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the G-Force towable tube?\u003c\/strong\u003e Deflated, the AHT2GF measures 64 inches long by 60 inches wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the G-Force tube weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead G-Force towable tube weighs 15.2 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the G-Force tube made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made of a 30 gauge virgin PVC bladder fully encased in an 840 denier double-stitched nylon cover, with neoprene used on the knuckle guards, giving the AHT2GF a durable, well-covered build.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color does the G-Force come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHT2GF G-Force is finished in blue.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do the stabilizer fins help while riding?\u003c\/strong\u003e Inflatable topside stabilizer fins on the G-Force help keep riders on board during sharp turns and fast pulls, adding control that ordinary deck tubes without fins do not offer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you inflate and deflate the G-Force?\u003c\/strong\u003e The G-Force uses a patented Speed Safety Valve, which is designed for quick, convenient inflating and deflating at the start and end of a ride.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the tube connect to the tow rope?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHT2GF connects using a heavy-duty Kwik-Connect tow point, a system built for easy and secure hook-ups to the tow rope.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat kind of handles does the G-Force have?\u003c\/strong\u003e It has 4 deluxe nylon-wrapped handles, each with neoprene knuckle guards for a comfortable, secure grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the entire G-Force tube covered in nylon?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the AHT2GF is fully covered with an 840 denier double-stitched nylon cover over its PVC bladder, unlike partially covered tubes such as the Airhead Mach 1 or Mach 2.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the G-Force different from the Airhead Mach 2?\u003c\/strong\u003e The G-Force (AHT2GF) is a flat 2-rider deck tube with inflatable stabilizer fins and a fully covered nylon shell, while the Mach 2 is a cockpit-style 2 person tube with headrests aimed at a more family-friendly, seated ride.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included when you order the G-Force tube?\u003c\/strong\u003e Ordering the AHT2GF gets you the complete Airhead G-Force 2 rider towable tube, including its Kwik-Connect tow point and Speed Safety Valve.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Airhead","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025185939675,"sku":"K-T-AHT2GF","price":178.19,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/AHT2GF_G-Force-2_Studio_Back-Left.jpg?v=1785004071"},{"product_id":"airhead-aht2m2-mach-2-inflatable-double-rider-towable-water-tube-blue","title":"Airhead Mach 2 AHT2M2 2 Person Cockpit Towable Tube for Boating","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Airhead Mach 2 (AHT2M2) is a 2 person cockpit towable tube built for family-friendly fun on the lake. The cockpit design gives young or timid riders a comfortable, secure seat while still delivering enough speed and thrill for older riders, and the built-in headrests let everyone sit back and relax between runs. Four deluxe handles with neoprene knuckle guards make it easy to hang on tight, and the Kwik-Connect tow system lets riders hook up to the rope quickly without fuss. A Patented Speed Safety Valve allows for fast, simple inflating and deflating before and after each outing. Durability comes from a heavy gauge PVC bladder paired with a double-stitched nylon cover that partially wraps the tube for added comfort and long-term wear. The tube features a blue color scheme with ocean-inspired graphics for a classic, eye-catching look on the water. Built for 2 riders, the Mach 2 is a solid, budget-friendly choice for boaters who want a dependable cockpit towable that can handle repeated use season after season.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Airhead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e AHT2M2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Towable Tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRider Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 person\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cockpit towable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBladder Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavy gauge PVC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCover Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Double-stitched nylon (partial coverage)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandles:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 deluxe handles with neoprene knuckle guards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTow System:\u003c\/strong\u003e Kwik-Connect\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eValve:\u003c\/strong\u003e Patented Speed Safety Valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18.06875 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 737826511693\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many riders does the Airhead Mach 2 tube hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead Mach 2 (AHT2M2) is designed as a 2 person cockpit towable tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is a cockpit style towable tube?\u003c\/strong\u003e A cockpit design like the one on the Mach 2 gives riders a seated, enclosed position that feels more secure, which is especially reassuring for young or timid riders while still offering an exciting ride for adults.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many handles does the Mach 2 have?\u003c\/strong\u003e There are four deluxe handles on the Mach 2, each fitted with neoprene knuckle guards for a secure and comfortable grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Mach 2 tube made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHT2M2 uses a heavy gauge PVC bladder covered by a durable double-stitched nylon cover that partially wraps the tube for comfort and added durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you inflate and deflate the Mach 2?\u003c\/strong\u003e Inflating and deflating is handled through the Patented Speed Safety Valve built into the Mach 2, which allows for quick and easy air changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the Mach 2 attach to the tow rope?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Mach 2 connects to the tow rope through the Kwik-Connect system, which lets riders hook up quickly without dealing with complicated rigging.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the Airhead Mach 2?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Mach 2 (AHT2M2) comes in a blue color scheme with ocean-inspired graphics.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Mach 2 weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead Mach 2 weighs 18.06875 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Mach 2 suitable for both kids and adults?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the cockpit shape of the AHT2M2 gives younger or less experienced riders a steadied, secure feel, while older riders can still enjoy a fast, thrilling ride.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the Mach 1, Mach 2, and Mach 3 towables?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Mach 2 (AHT2M2) is the 2 rider version in the Airhead Mach lineup, built on the same cockpit design, PVC bladder, and Kwik-Connect tow system as the Mach 1 (1 rider) and Mach 3 (1-3 riders), scaled up with additional handles for the extra rider capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Mach 2 have headrests?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Mach 2 includes headrests so riders can sit back and relax during the ride.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Airhead","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025185972443,"sku":"K-T-AHT2M2","price":197.97,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/AHM2-2-a.jpg?v=1785004072"},{"product_id":"airhead-aht32ssl-super-slice-3-person-towable-tube","title":"Airhead Super Slice AHT32SSL 1-3 Rider Towable Tube for Boating","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Airhead Super Slice AHT32SSL is a 1-3 rider towable tube built for a smoother, more controlled ride behind the boat. Unlike ordinary deck tubes, Super Slice uses a tapered gusset design that slopes downward from the back to the front, which improves the towing experience, makes riding more comfortable, and allows for easy boarding directly from the water. The tapered edge also gives both the tower and the rider more dexterity and control throughout the ride.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuper Slice is finished with a topside neoprene panel, 6 nylon-wrapped handles, and neoprene knuckle guards for a secure, comfortable grip. The tube is built around a durable 30 gauge virgin PVC bladder that is fully encased by a rugged 840 denier double-stitched nylon cover with a reinforced internal tow harness, making it more dependable than ordinary inflatable boat tubes. A Patented Speed Safety Valve allows for fast inflating and deflating, and the Kwik-Connect tow system lets riders quickly and securely hook the tube to the tow rope. Together these features make the Super Slice a durable, easy-to-use towable tube for families and thrill-seekers alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Airhead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e AHT32SSL\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Towable Rafts \u0026amp; Tubes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRider Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-3 riders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBladder Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 gauge virgin PVC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCover Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e 840 denier double-stitched nylon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandles:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 nylon-wrapped handles with neoprene knuckle guards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInflation Valve:\u003c\/strong\u003e Patented Speed Safety Valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTow System:\u003c\/strong\u003e Kwik-Connect with reinforced internal tow harness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 17.375 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 737826511662\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis towable tube is not vehicle or engine specific; it is designed for use behind any boat equipped for towing an inflatable tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many riders does the Airhead Super Slice AHT32SSL hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Super Slice AHT32SSL is designed for 1 to 3 riders at a time, making it a family-friendly towable tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes the Super Slice different from a standard deck tube?\u003c\/strong\u003e Super Slice uses a tapered gusset design that slopes downward from the back to the front, which improves towing comfort, boosts control for both the rider and the driver, and makes it easier to board directly from the water compared to an ordinary flat deck tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the entire tube covered in nylon fabric?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Super Slice AHT32SSL features a topside neoprene panel along with an 840 denier double-stitched nylon cover encasing the PVC bladder, rather than a fully nylon-wrapped exterior.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Speed Safety Valve on the AHT32SSL tube?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a Patented Speed Safety Valve built into the Super Slice tube that allows for quick and easy inflating and deflating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many handles does the Super Slice tube have?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHT32SSL has 6 nylon-wrapped handles, each fitted with neoprene knuckle guards for a secure and comfortable grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Kwik-Connect system?\u003c\/strong\u003e Kwik-Connect is Airhead's tow system used on the Super Slice AHT32SSL that lets riders quickly and easily connect the tube to the tow rope.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Airhead Super Slice AHT32SSL weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Super Slice AHT32SSL weighs 17.375 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the AHT32SSL Super Slice tube?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Super Slice AHT32SSL is offered in blue.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs a tow rope included with the Super Slice tube?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the Super Slice AHT32SSL package includes the towable tube itself; a separate tow rope is needed to connect it to the boat via the Kwik-Connect system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the bladder inside the Super Slice made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e Inside the Super Slice AHT32SSL is a durable 30 gauge virgin PVC bladder, fully encased by the 840 denier nylon cover for added durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the Super Slice compare to the Airhead G-Force 3?\u003c\/strong\u003e Both the Super Slice AHT32SSL and the G-Force 3 use a 30 gauge virgin PVC bladder and 840 denier double-stitched nylon cover and seat up to 3 riders, but G-Force 3 adds inflatable topside stabilizer fins for extra stability while Super Slice relies on its tapered gusset shape for control and an easier reboarding experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the AHT32SSL a genuine Airhead product?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Super Slice AHT32SSL is manufactured by Airhead and carries the Airhead brand part number AHT32SSL.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Airhead","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025186037979,"sku":"K-T-AHT32SSL","price":197.97,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/AHSSL-32_SuperSlice_Studio_Top_large_930b8208-33db-4811-a243-f528585242db.jpg?v=1785004072"},{"product_id":"airhead-g-force-3-person-inflatable-towable-tube-red-model-aht3gf","title":"Airhead G-Force 3 Inflatable 3-Person Towable Tube with Stabilizer Fins (AHT3GF)","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Airhead G-Force 3 (AHT3GF) is a 3-person towable tube built for speed and control behind the boat. Its funky, streamlined shape is designed to cut through the water with optimum handling whether you are cruising at noon or racing at dusk. Inflatable topside stabilizer fins are a distinctive feature of this deck tube, helping keep riders on board through sharp turns and rough wakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRiders hold on with 6 deluxe nylon-wrapped handles, each fitted with neoprene knuckle guards for a comfortable, secure grip. The tube's construction starts with a tough 30 gauge virgin PVC bladder, fully encased in a rugged 840 denier double-stitched nylon cover for durability from the inside out. A heavy-duty Kwik-Connect tow point system allows quick, secure hook-up to the tow rope, and the patented Speed Safety Valve makes inflating and deflating fast and simple.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBuilt to seat up to 3 riders, the G-Force 3 measures 78 inches long by 75 inches wide and is finished in red. It is a strong choice for boaters who want a durable, easy-to-handle towable with added safety features for a full day of watersports.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Airhead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e AHT3GF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRider Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 persons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 78 inches long x 75 inches wide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 22.3 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Nylon, Polyvinyl Chloride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBladder:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 gauge virgin PVC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCover:\u003c\/strong\u003e 840 denier double-stitched nylon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandles:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 nylon-wrapped handles with neoprene knuckle guards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTow System:\u003c\/strong\u003e Kwik-Connect tow points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInflation Valve:\u003c\/strong\u003e Patented Speed Safety Valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Feature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Inflatable topside stabilizer fins\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 737826511631\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many riders can the Airhead G-Force 3 tube hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead G-Force 3 (AHT3GF) is rated for up to 3 riders at once.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is the G-Force 3 towable tube?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHT3GF measures 78 inches long by 75 inches wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the G-Force 3 tube made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is built with a 30 gauge virgin PVC bladder fully encased in an 840 denier double-stitched nylon cover, giving the AHT3GF durability inside and out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the G-Force 3 towable tube weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead G-Force 3 (AHT3GF) weighs 22.3 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many handles does the tube have?\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 deluxe nylon-wrapped handles are fitted to the G-Force 3, each with a neoprene knuckle guard for a comfortable grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the G-Force 3 have any stability features?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, inflatable topside stabilizer fins are built into the AHT3GF to help keep riders on board during sharp turns.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you inflate or deflate the G-Force 3?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHT3GF uses a patented Speed Safety Valve, which allows for fast, easy inflating and deflating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the tube attach to the tow rope?\u003c\/strong\u003e The G-Force 3 connects to the tow rope through a heavy-duty Kwik-Connect tow point system for quick, secure hook-up.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the Airhead G-Force 3 tube?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHT3GF is finished in red.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the G-Force 3 and the G-Force 4?\u003c\/strong\u003e The G-Force 3 (AHT3GF) seats up to 3 riders and has 6 handles, while the Airhead G-Force 4 seats up to 4 riders and has 8 handles; both share the same PVC bladder, nylon cover, stabilizer fins, and Kwik-Connect system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the G-Force 3 tube fully covered?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the entire AHT3GF tube is wrapped in double-stitched nylon for added comfort and long-term durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included with the G-Force 3 towable tube?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHT3GF ships as the complete inflatable towable tube unit, including its nylon cover, PVC bladder, 6 handles, stabilizer fins, and Kwik-Connect tow points.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Airhead","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025186070747,"sku":"K-T-AHT3GF","price":241.23,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/AHT3GF_G-Force3_HERO.jpg?v=1785004071"},{"product_id":"airhead-heavy-duty-tow-harness-12-foot-black-kwik-connect-rope-for-tubes-skis-and-wakeboards-ahth-2","title":"Airhead Heavy-Duty Tow Harness AHTH-2, 1-4 Rider, 12 ft. Rope, 4100 lb Break Strength","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Airhead Heavy-Duty Tow Harness (AHTH-2) creates a reliable center-boat tow attachment point for pulling 1 to 4 rider towable tubes, and it also works well for water skiing, wakesurfing, and wakeboarding. It is built for boats without a dedicated pylon or ski eye, giving the whole family one attachment point to share across different watersports activities. The harness clips directly onto the boat, and the rider's ski, board, or tube rope connects to the heavy-duty Kwik-Connect system for quick, secure hookups between runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 12 feet long, the AHTH-2 is sized to stretch across wide boat beams and fits larger boats and pontoons. A 6 inch float keeps the Kwik-Connect attachment point riding above the water surface and away from the propeller, reducing the chance of the harness getting caught in the prop wash. The harness is rated to a 4,100 pound break strength, making it suited to the higher loads of towing multiple riders on a tube. The hook opening measures 1\/2 inch, and the harness is made of nylon in black.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Airhead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e AHTH-2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tow Harness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRope Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRider Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 to 4 riders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBreak Strength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4,100 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHook Opening:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/2 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFloat Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Nylon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClosure Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Snap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.55 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGTIN:\u003c\/strong\u003e 737826018260\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal fit for boats without a factory pylon or ski eye; the 12 foot length is designed for larger boats and pontoons with wide beams.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eReplaces (OEM)\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo OEM cross-reference numbers apply to this harness.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many riders can the Airhead AHTH-2 tow harness pull?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHTH-2 Heavy-Duty Tow Harness is designed for 1 to 4 rider towables, and it also works for water skis, wakesurf boards, and wakeboards.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the break strength of this tow harness?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHTH-2 is rated to a 4,100 pound break strength, which is why it is built for larger multi-rider towable tubes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the tow rope on the AHTH-2?\u003c\/strong\u003e It measures 12 feet long, a length sized to stretch across wide boat beams and fit larger boats and pontoons.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need a pylon or ski eye to use this harness?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the AHTH-2 tow harness is made for boats that do not have a factory pylon or ski eye. It clips onto the boat and creates its own center tow attachment point behind the outboard or stern drive.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat keeps the tow rope attachment away from the propeller?\u003c\/strong\u003e A 6 inch float is built into the Kwik-Connect system on the AHTH-2, keeping the attachment point riding above the water and away from the propeller.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is the hook opening on the AHTH-2?\u003c\/strong\u003e The hook opening on the Airhead AHTH-2 Heavy-Duty Tow Harness is 1\/2 inch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the AHTH-2 tow harness made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made of nylon and comes in black.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the AHTH-2 tow harness weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead AHTH-2 weighs 1.55 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this harness be used for water skiing, not just tubing?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, in addition to towing 1-4 rider tubes, the AHTH-2 also works with water skis, wakesurf boards, and wakeboards.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the AHTH-2 differ from the Airhead Self Centering Tow Harness?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHTH-2 is a heavy-duty harness for 1 to 4 riders with a fixed Kwik-Connect attachment, while the Self Centering Tow Harness (a separate part) uses a stainless steel pulley that glides along the rope and is built for 1 to 2 riders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the rope attached to the boat on the AHTH-2?\u003c\/strong\u003e You clip the AHTH-2 onto the boat using its hooks, then attach your ski, board, or tube rope to the heavy-duty Kwik-Connect system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the AHTH-2 suited for pontoons?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, at 12 feet long the AHTH-2 is sized to fit pontoons and other larger boats with wide beams.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Airhead","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025186201819,"sku":"K-T-AHTH-2","price":98.19,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/AHTH-2.jpg?v=1785004061"},{"product_id":"airhead-heavy-duty-tow-harness-12-feet-yellow-black-1-2-rider-self-centering-kwik-connect","title":"Airhead AHTH-3 Self Centering Tow Harness, 12 Ft Rope, 1-2 Rider Tow Rope with Kwik-Connect System","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Airhead Self Centering Tow Harness (AHTH-3) is a 12-foot tow rope harness built for pulling 1-2 person towable tubes, and it also works well for waterskiing and wakeboarding. A stainless steel pulley rides along the length of the rope and self-centers as you turn, so the pull stays smooth and even through sharp turns without the line catching or binding. That makes for a more consistent, streamlined ride for the rider being towed, whether they are on a tube, a ski, or a wakeboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTo use it, clip the harness onto the boat's tow points and attach your ski, board, or tube rope to the heavy-duty Kwik-Connect system. A 6-inch float is built into the harness to keep the Kwik-Connect fitting riding above the water and away from the boat's propeller, reducing the risk of the line getting caught in the prop. At 12 feet long, the AHTH-3 is sized to reach across the wide beams typical of pontoons and larger boats, so it stretches to your existing tow points without extra hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe harness is rated for a 3,000-pound break strength, giving it the strength margin needed for regular towing use. It comes in a bright yellow finish that stays easy to spot in the water and on deck. This is a dedicated 1-2 rider harness; Airhead also offers a 4 Person Heavy Duty Tow Harness (AHTH-2) with a 1\/2 inch hook opening for larger group towable tubes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Airhead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e AHTH-3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRider Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-2 riders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRope Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBreak Strength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3,000 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFloat Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePulley Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRope Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Nylon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConnector Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Kwik-Connect\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.19375 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 737826019045\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many riders is the Airhead AHTH-3 tow harness rated for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead AHTH-3 Self Centering Tow Harness is built for 1-2 riders, making it a good fit for 1-2 person towable tubes as well as waterskiing and wakeboarding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the rope on this tow harness?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHTH-3 harness measures 12 feet long, which is sized to reach across the wider beams found on pontoons and larger boats.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the break strength of the AHTH-3?\u003c\/strong\u003e This harness has a 3,000-pound break strength, giving it a solid strength margin for regular tubing, skiing, and wakeboarding use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the float on the harness do?\u003c\/strong\u003e A 6-inch float is built into the AHTH-3 so the Kwik-Connect fitting stays above the water and away from the boat's propeller during use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Kwik-Connect system?\u003c\/strong\u003e Kwik-Connect is the heavy-duty attachment system on the AHTH-3 harness that you clip your ski rope, wakeboard rope, or tube rope onto for quick, secure hookup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy does the pulley matter on this harness?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHTH-3 uses a stainless steel pulley that glides and self-centers along the rope, keeping the pull smooth on turns so the line does not catch or bind.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat activities can this harness be used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e Besides towing 1-2 person tubes, the AHTH-3 works well for waterskiing and wakeboarding, so one harness covers multiple watersports.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color does the AHTH-3 come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead Self Centering Tow Harness comes in a bright yellow finish, chosen to stay easy to spot both on deck and in the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I attach the AHTH-3 to my boat?\u003c\/strong\u003e Clip the harness onto your boat's existing tow points, then attach your ski, board, or tube rope to the Kwik-Connect system on the other end.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the AHTH-3 harness weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead AHTH-3 tow harness weighs 1.19375 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a larger option if I tow more than 2 riders?\u003c\/strong\u003e For bigger groups, Airhead also makes the 4 Person Heavy Duty Tow Harness (AHTH-2) with a 1\/2 inch hook opening; the AHTH-3 itself is designed specifically for 1-2 riders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the AHTH-3 come with a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead AHTH-3 Self Centering Tow Harness is backed by a 1 year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Airhead","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025186234587,"sku":"K-T-AHTH-3","price":28.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/AHTH-3.jpg?v=1785004067"},{"product_id":"airhead-tow-demon-ahth-6-steel-cable-tow-harness-8-ft-1500-lb-break-strength","title":"Airhead Tow Demon 1-Rider Tow Harness, 8 Ft Steel Cable, AHTH-6","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Airhead Tow Demon (AHTH-6) is a 1-rider tow harness built around a vinyl-jacketed steel cable and a high-impact molded plastic float and pulley system. It is designed to make attaching ski ropes, wakeboard ropes, and tube ropes to your boat quick and easy, and it connects to the boat with two large corrosion-resistant snap hooks, each with a 7\/16 inch opening. The float and pulley assembly lets the rope slide freely during turns, helping keep the pull centered behind the boat while towing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis 8 foot steel cable version is recommended for recreational water skiing, wakeboarding, kneeboarding, and towing 1 rider tubes. The steel cable construction offers added durability over rope versions for riders who want a harness that resists stretch and abrasion over repeated use. Airhead also offers this harness in a 12 foot steel cable length (AHTH-7) as well as floating rope versions, so boaters can match the harness to their boat's beam width and towing setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Airhead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e AHTH-6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vinyl-jacketed steel cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBreak Strength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,500 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnap Hook Opening Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7\/16 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Snap Hooks:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRider Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 rider\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Uses:\u003c\/strong\u003e Water skiing, wakeboarding, kneeboarding, towing 1 rider tubes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red\/White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.6375 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 737826020843\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Airhead AHTH-6 tow harness used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHTH-6 is a tow harness recommended for recreational water skiing, wakeboarding, kneeboarding, and towing 1 rider tubes behind a boat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the AHTH-6 cable?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHTH-6 Tow Demon harness has an 8 foot vinyl-jacketed steel cable. A 12 foot steel cable version, AHTH-7, is also available as a separate part number.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the AHTH-6 made of rope or cable?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHTH-6 uses a vinyl-jacketed steel cable rather than rope; Airhead also sells floating rope versions of the Tow Demon harness under different part numbers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many riders can this harness tow at once?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead Tow Demon AHTH-6 is designed for towing 1 rider, such as a single-rider tube, water skier, wakeboarder, or kneeboarder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the break strength of the AHTH-6 harness?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHTH-6 Tow Demon steel cable harness has a break strength of 1,500 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the harness attach to the boat?\u003c\/strong\u003e Two large corrosion-resistant snap hooks, each with a 7\/16 inch opening, connect the AHTH-6 harness to the boat's tow points.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the float and pulley system work on the AHTH-6?\u003c\/strong\u003e A high-impact molded plastic float and pulley system on the AHTH-6 allows ski ropes, wakeboard ropes, and tube ropes to be attached and to slide along the cable during towing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the AHTH-6 include a tow rope?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHTH-6 is the tow harness and cable assembly with attachment hooks and pulley float; it is designed for connecting a separate ski, wakeboard, or tube rope.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the AHTH-6 harness?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHTH-6 Tow Demon tow harness is finished in red and white.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the AHTH-6 and the AHTH-9 harness?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHTH-6 is a standard Tow Demon harness with an 8 foot steel cable, while the AHTH-9 is a self-centering harness with a 14 foot steel cable, a stainless steel pulley, and a 2,375 pound tensile strength rating for 1 or 2 riders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the AHTH-6 tow harness weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead AHTH-6 tow harness weighs 1.6375 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Airhead","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025186267355,"sku":"K-T-AHTH-6","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/ahth-6.jpg?v=1785004059"},{"product_id":"airhead-tow-demon-steel-cable-tow-harness-12-foot-1500-lb-break-strength-centered-tow-system","title":"Airhead Tow Demon Tow Harness, 1 Rider, 12 ft Steel Cable, 1500 lb Break Strength (AHTH-7)","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Airhead Tow Demon (AHTH-7) is a 1-rider tow harness built around a vinyl-jacketed steel cable, designed to give recreational boaters a quick, centered attachment point for towing water skis, wakeboards, kneeboards, and 1-rider towable tubes. A high-impact molded plastic float and pulley system rides along the cable, letting the tow rope slide freely to keep the pull centered behind the boat rather than fixed to one point. Ski ropes, wakeboard ropes, and tube ropes attach easily to the pulley, and the whole harness connects to the boat's tow points using two large, corrosion-resistant snap hooks with a 7\/16 inch opening width. This 12 ft steel cable version offers reach for a wide range of recreational boats, and the coated cable construction resists abrasion and corrosion from repeated exposure to water and sun. It is rated for 1500 lb break strength, matched to 1-rider towing applications, and is intended for recreational water skiing, wakeboarding, kneeboarding, and towing 1-rider tubes behind outboard and stern drive boats. The Tow Demon is a simple, durable upgrade over fixed single-point tow ropes, reducing wear on the rope and giving the rider a more consistent pull.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Airhead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e AHTH-7\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRider Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 rider\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCable Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vinyl-jacketed steel cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnap Hook Opening Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7\/16 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBreak Strength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1500 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red\/White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClosure Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Snap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFloat\/Pulley System:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-impact molded plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.9125 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 737826020850\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDesigned for recreational water skiing, wakeboarding, kneeboarding, and towing 1-rider tubes behind outboard and stern drive boats.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eReplaces (OEM)\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo OEM cross-reference numbers apply to this product.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many riders is the Airhead Tow Demon AHTH-7 rated for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHTH-7 is a 1-rider tow harness, designed for towing a single water skier, wakeboarder, kneeboarder, or 1-rider tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the cable length on this tow harness?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHTH-7 uses a 12 ft vinyl-jacketed steel cable, giving enough reach for a centered tow point on most recreational boats.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the break strength of the Tow Demon steel cable harness?\u003c\/strong\u003e 1500 pounds is the rated break strength of the AHTH-7, matched to its 1-rider towing use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the Tow Demon cable made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The cable on the AHTH-7 is vinyl-jacketed steel, chosen for abrasion and corrosion resistance during repeated water use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the float and pulley system work?\u003c\/strong\u003e A high-impact molded plastic float and pulley ride along the AHTH-7's steel cable, letting the attached rope slide to keep the tow point centered behind the boat rather than fixed to one side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size are the snap hooks on the AHTH-7?\u003c\/strong\u003e The two corrosion-resistant snap hooks on the Tow Demon have a 7\/16 inch opening width.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I attach my own ski or wakeboard rope to this harness?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Tow Demon's pulley system is designed for easy attachment of ski ropes, wakeboard ropes, and tube ropes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the AHTH-7 suitable for tubing?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Tow Demon is recommended for towing 1-rider tubes, in addition to water skiing, wakeboarding, and kneeboarding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does this compare to the Airhead 8 ft cable version?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHTH-7 is the 12 ft steel cable version of the Tow Demon harness, offering more reach than the shorter 8 ft cable option in the same lineup, while sharing the same float, pulley, and snap hook design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the Airhead Tow Demon harness?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHTH-7 is finished in a red and white color scheme.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Tow Demon tow harness weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHTH-7 weighs 1.9125 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat boats is this tow harness designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Tow Demon connects with large snap hooks to boat tow points and is intended for outboard and stern drive boats used in recreational water skiing, wakeboarding, kneeboarding, and 1-rider tube towing.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Airhead","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025186300123,"sku":"K-T-AHTH-7","price":23.22,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/ahth-6_cf60e724-6c5d-4736-aaa1-45c8a9b5249a.jpg?v=1785004063"},{"product_id":"airhead-2-section-tow-rope-for-towable-tubes-60-ft-7-16-inch-uv-resistant-polypropylene-1-2-rider-2-375-lb-break-strength","title":"Airhead AHTR-22 2 Section Tow Rope for Tubing, 1-2 Rider, 60 Feet, 2375 Pound Break Strength","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Airhead AHTR-22 is a 2 section tow rope built for 1-2 rider towable tubes, giving boaters a configurable 50 or 60 foot rope depending on riders, wake, and water conditions. The rope is constructed from pre-stretched, UV-resistant 16 strand polypropylene, so it resists sun exposure and repeated flexing without losing its shape or strength over a season of use. It exceeds the 2,375 pound break strength required by the WSIA for 2-rider tubes, giving a margin of safety for typical two-person towing. Each end features a 60-inch loop for quick, secure connection to the tow pylon or eye and the towable itself, with a snap-style closure at the connection point. A rope keeper is included, letting you coil and store the rope neatly between outings instead of leaving it loose in a locker or on deck. The 2 section design is the key feature here: it lets a single rope serve either a shorter or longer configuration, so riders and boat operators can dial in the right length for their towable and conditions rather than being locked into one fixed length. This makes the AHTR-22 a practical, low-maintenance accessory for anyone running a 1-2 person towable tube behind their boat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Airhead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e AHTR-22\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Water Sport Tow Cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRider Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-2 Riders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSection Configuration:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 sections (50 foot and 10 foot)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBreak Strength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2375 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStrand Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16 strands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7\/16 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polypropylene\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUV Resistance:\u003c\/strong\u003e UV resistant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClosure Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Snap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Components:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rope keeper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.23125 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 737826020867\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many riders is the Airhead AHTR-22 tow rope rated for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHTR-22 is rated for 1-2 riders, making it suited to two-person towable tubes rather than larger 3 or 4 person tubes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the break strength of this tow rope?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHTR-22 exceeds the 2,375 pound break strength required by the WSIA for 2-rider tubes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this rope be shortened or lengthened?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the AHTR-22 uses a 2 section design that allows it to be configured as either 50 or 60 feet depending on riders, wake, and water conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the AHTR-22 tow rope made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made from polypropylene, constructed with 16 strands in a pre-stretched, UV-resistant build for durability in sun and water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the fully assembled rope?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead AHTR-22 has a total length of 60 feet when both sections are used together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the diameter of this tow rope?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHTR-22 has a 7\/16 inch diameter, sized for its 1-2 rider break strength rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the AHTR-22 come with anything else besides the rope?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, a rope keeper is included with the AHTR-22 for organized, tangle-free storage between trips.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the AHTR-22 differ from Airhead's other tow ropes?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHTR-22 is built for 1-2 riders at a 2,375 pound break strength, while Airhead's 3 rider tow rope (AHTR-30) is rated to 3,350 pounds and the 4 rider tow rope (AHTR-4000) is rated to 4,150 pounds; all three use a similar 16-strand, UV-resistant polypropylene construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the rope attach to the boat and the towable?\u003c\/strong\u003e Each end of the AHTR-22 is finished with a loop and a snap-style closure for connecting to the tow point and the towable's tow line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the AHTR-22 resistant to sun and water exposure?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the rope is built from UV-resistant, pre-stretched polypropylene so it holds up to repeated sun and water exposure without degrading quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the AHTR-22 tow rope weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead AHTR-22 weighs 1.23125 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the AHTR-22 suitable for towing tubes with more than 2 riders?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the AHTR-22 is rated for 1-2 riders only; for 3 or 4 rider towables, Airhead's higher break-strength AHTR-30 or AHTR-4000 ropes are the correct choice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Airhead","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025186365659,"sku":"K-T-AHTR-22","price":14.75,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/AHTR22.jpg?v=1785004057"},{"product_id":"airhead-tow-rope-with-phat-grip-handle-yellow-75-feet","title":"Airhead BLING Wakeboard Rope and Handle, 75 ft, AHWR-1","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Airhead BLING Wakeboard Rope and Handle (AHWR-1) is a 75 foot wakeboard rope built with a shiny, reflective material braided together with top quality polypropylene, so it sparkles in the sun and glows in twilight. The look is designed to complement high end boats and add a touch of class to any boat, while the construction still delivers the performance wakeboarders expect. The mainline uses 4 take-off sections measured 5 feet, 5 feet, 10 feet, and 10 feet, letting you shorten the rope in stages from the full 75 foot length down to 70 feet, 65 feet, 55 feet, or 45 feet to match rider skill level or towing conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe handle pairs an aluminum core with a 15 inch EVA squid grip and full finger protectors, giving you a secure, comfortable hold and protection against rope burn. The rope itself is a low-stretch, pre-stretched 16 strand, 30-filament line rated at a 1200 pound break strength, with a bright yellow finish that is easy to spot on the water. A rope keeper is included to keep the line tangle-free between rides.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Airhead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e AHWR-1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wakeboard Rope and Handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeries:\u003c\/strong\u003e BLING\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRope Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 75 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTake-Off Sections:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 sections (5 feet, 5 feet, 10 feet, 10 feet)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Rope Lengths:\u003c\/strong\u003e 75 feet, 70 feet, 65 feet, 55 feet, 45 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRope Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16 strand, 30-filament, pre-stretched polypropylene, braided with reflective material\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBreak Strength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1200 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandle Core:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandle Grip:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15 inch EVA squid grip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandle Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full finger protectors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow with reflective, sparkle finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Accessories:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rope keeper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.8 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 737826019106\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a universal wakeboard rope and handle, not a vehicle- or engine-specific part.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eReplaces (OEM)\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot applicable; this product has no OEM cross-reference numbers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the Airhead AHWR-1 wakeboard rope?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead BLING Wakeboard Rope (AHWR-1) is 75 feet long at its full mainline length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the rope length be adjusted?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The AHWR-1 has 4 take-off sections measured 5 feet, 5 feet, 10 feet, and 10 feet, so you can shorten the mainline in stages to 70 feet, 65 feet, 55 feet, or 45 feet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the break strength of this wakeboard rope?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead BLING wakeboard rope is rated at a 1200 pound break strength.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the rope made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHWR-1 mainline is a pre-stretched, 16 strand, 30-filament polypropylene rope braided with a shiny, reflective material that sparkles in sunlight and glows in twilight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the handle made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The handle on the Airhead AHWR-1 has an aluminum core, a 15 inch EVA squid grip, and full finger protectors for a secure hold.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is this wakeboard rope?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHWR-1 wakeboard rope has a bright yellow color with a reflective, sparkle finish that is easy to spot on the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the AHWR-1 weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead BLING Wakeboard Rope and Handle weighs 1.8 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the rope float?\u003c\/strong\u003e The dossier for the AHWR-1 does not state whether this specific rope floats, so no floating claim is made for this SKU.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs a rope keeper included?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, a rope keeper is included with the Airhead AHWR-1 for tangle-free storage between rides.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the BLING series name refer to?\u003c\/strong\u003e BLING is Airhead's series name for this rope, referring to its shiny, reflective braided material that sparkles in the sun and glows in twilight, giving it a distinctive look compared to standard wakeboard ropes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the AHWR-1 compare to Airhead's other wakeboard ropes?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHWR-1 BLING rope is distinguished by its reflective, sparkle finish and aluminum-core handle with an EVA squid grip, unlike Airhead's Dyneema Flat Line, Spectra Fusion, or EVA Grip wakeboard ropes, which use different core materials and grip styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the UPC for this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead BLING Wakeboard Rope and Handle (AHWR-1) has UPC 737826019106.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Airhead","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025186726107,"sku":"K-T-AHWR-1","price":42.26,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/AHWR-1.jpg?v=1785004063"},{"product_id":"airhead-tube-keeper-adjustable-strap-towable-retainer-with-suction-cups-tb-101","title":"Airhead Tube Keeper Towable Tie-Down Straps with Suction Cups, TB-101","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Airhead Tube Keeper (TB-101) is a set of adjustable tie-down straps built to secure towable tubes and inflatables to a boat's stern for the ride out to the water. Instead of a passenger lying across the tubes to keep them from flying out, the Tube Keeper straps around each tube's handles and anchors it in place, freeing up passenger space and reducing the risk of a tube coming loose while underway.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach strap is 2 inches wide and adjustable, so it tightens down for a secure hold once looped around the tube handles. For attaching to the boat, the Tube Keeper gives you two options: giant 3-1\/4 inch suction cups that grip onto smooth boat and auto finishes without scratching them, or stretch cords that loop around a cleat, rail, or other anchor point when a flat surface isn't available. The suction cups and stretch cord attachment are secured with a snap closure for quick hookup and release.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe straps are made of nylon in black, built to hold up to sun, water, and repeated use on the water. The Tube Keeper is a universal accessory and works with towable tubes generally, rather than being matched to a specific make or model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Airhead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e TB-101\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Towable tie-down strap set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStrap Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuction Cup Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-1\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suction cups or stretch cords\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClosure Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Snap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Nylon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.78125 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 737826016891\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnit Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Airhead Tube Keeper used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead Tube Keeper (TB-101) secures towable tubes and inflatables to a boat's stern while driving to and from the water, keeping them from flying out and freeing up passenger seating space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the Tube Keeper attach to the tube?\u003c\/strong\u003e The straps loop and tighten around the tube's own handles, then attach to the boat with either the suction cups or the stretch cords included with the TB-101.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow wide are the Tube Keeper straps?\u003c\/strong\u003e Each Tube Keeper strap is 2 inches wide and adjustable, allowing it to be tightened for a secure hold once looped around the tube handles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size are the suction cups on the TB-101?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Tube Keeper includes giant 3-1\/4 inch suction cups that attach to smooth boat, auto, or window surfaces without scratching them.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the Tube Keeper scratch my boat's finish?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The Airhead Tube Keeper's suction cups are designed to grip auto and boat finishes without scratching the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if there's no flat surface for the suction cups?\u003c\/strong\u003e The TB-101 also includes stretch cords that can be looped around a cleat, rail, or other anchor point as an alternative to the suction cups.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material are the Tube Keeper straps made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead Tube Keeper straps are made of nylon in black.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Tube Keeper fit any towable tube?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the TB-101 is a universal accessory designed to work with towable tubes generally by attaching to the tube's handles, rather than being sized to one specific tube model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's included with the Airhead Tube Keeper?\u003c\/strong\u003e The TB-101 package includes the Tube Keeper strap with its suction cups and stretch cord attachments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the Tube Keeper close and release?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Tube Keeper uses a snap closure, so the strap can be quickly hooked up before heading out and released just as easily afterward.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Airhead Tube Keeper weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead Tube Keeper (TB-101) weighs 0.78125 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy use a Tube Keeper instead of just tying towables down with rope?\u003c\/strong\u003e Ordinary rope or bungee cords typically need a cleat or anchor point to tie off to, while the TB-101's suction cups let you secure a tube to any smooth boat surface even where no cleat or rail is available.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Airhead","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025186988251,"sku":"K-T-TB-101","price":17.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/TB-101_0.jpg?v=1785004065"},{"product_id":"airhead-stik-a-flag-water-ski-flag-with-suction-cup-windshield-mount","title":"Airhead Stik-a-Flag Water Ski Flag, 12 in x 12 in, Suction Cup Mount for Boats and PWCs","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Airhead Stik-a-Flag Water Ski Flag (SAF-1) is a bright orange skier-down flag designed to eliminate \"observer's elbow\" and keep everyone on the water aware that a skier is down. The 12 in x 12 in flag is made from durable 420-denier nylon and is mounted to a 24 in pole for high visibility from a distance. Instead of requiring an observer to hold a flag by hand for the entire tow, the Stik-a-Flag attaches directly to the boat or personal watercraft using a large 3.25 in suction cup, so it stays in place and stands upright on its own.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe suction cup mount attaches to windshields or other smooth boat and PWC finishes, making it easy to reposition or remove between outings. The pole and mount are built from hardwood for long-lasting, repetitive use season after season. This flag is recommended on all boats towing skiers or other water sports participants as a safety accessory to signal a downed skier to other boat traffic.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Airhead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e SAF-1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlag Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 inches x 12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePole Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24.5 inches L x 3.4 inches W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 420-denier nylon flag, hardwood pole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suction cup mount (3.25 inches)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Feature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Durable, repetitive-use construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Boats and personal watercraft towing water skiers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.20625 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Airhead Stik-a-Flag used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Stik-a-Flag (SAF-1) is a skier-down safety flag that signals to other boat traffic when a water skier or towed rider is in the water, eliminating the need for an observer to hold a flag by hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the Stik-a-Flag attach to a boat?\u003c\/strong\u003e It attaches with a large 3.25 inch suction cup that mounts to a windshield or other smooth finish on a boat or personal watercraft, holding the flag upright and visible without anyone needing to hold it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is the flag itself?\u003c\/strong\u003e The SAF-1 flag measures 12 inches x 12 inches and is mounted to a 24 inch pole for added height and visibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the Airhead Stik-a-Flag?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Stik-a-Flag is bright orange, made from 420-denier nylon for high visibility on the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the flag and pole made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The SAF-1 uses a 420-denier nylon flag mounted to a hardwood pole, built for long-lasting, repetitive use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the suction cup mount work on a PWC as well as a boat?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Stik-a-Flag's 3.25 inch suction cup is designed to attach to windshields or other smooth finishes on both boats and personal watercraft.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Stik-a-Flag weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Airhead Stik-a-Flag (SAF-1) weighs 0.20625 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Stik-a-Flag required safety equipment?\u003c\/strong\u003e The SAF-1 is recommended on all boats towing skiers as a safety accessory, since many areas require a visible signal when a skier is down in the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does 'observer's elbow' mean and how does this flag help?\u003c\/strong\u003e Observer's elbow refers to the strain of manually holding a skier-down flag for an entire tow; the Stik-a-Flag's suction-cup mount holds the flag in place so no one has to hold it by hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the pole length adjustable?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Stik-a-Flag comes with a fixed 24 inch hardwood pole; there is no adjustable-length option for the SAF-1.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included when I order the Stik-a-Flag?\u003c\/strong\u003e Each SAF-1 order includes one orange 420-denier nylon flag mounted on a 24 inch hardwood pole with the attached suction cup mount.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Airhead","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025187250395,"sku":"K-T-SAF-1","price":8.2,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/SAF-1.jpg?v=1785004065"},{"product_id":"airhead-ahtr-6000-tow-rope-for-1-6-person-towable-tubes-60-ft-6-000-lb-break-strength-1","title":"Airhead 1-6 Rider Tow Rope for Towable Tubes, 60 ft, 6,000 lb Break Strength, Yellow","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Airhead AHTR-6000 Tow Rope is a heavy-duty towline built for pulling large boat towables with confidence. Measuring 60 feet long, it is rated for 1 to 6 riders and carries a break strength of 6,000 pounds, making it one of the strongest tow ropes in the Airhead lineup. The rope is constructed from durable, UV resistant 16 strand polypropylene designed to withstand repeated use in sun, spray, and rough water conditions. Its bright yellow color keeps the line easy to spot in the water and in low-visibility conditions such as dawn or dusk, helping the boat driver and observer keep track of the line and rider at all times. The rope features a snap closure for quick attachment and comes with a Rope Keeper included, so the rope can be neatly coiled and stored between rides instead of tangling in the boat. Built as a single section line, this tow rope is highly compatible with popular multi-rider towable tubes and is equally suited to general boat towing tasks. Whether pulling a large group tube behind a ski boat or pontoon, this rope is sized and rated to handle the load safely across a full day on the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Airhead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e AHTR-6000\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRider Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 to 6 riders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBreak Strength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6,000 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7\/8 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16 strand polypropylene, UV resistant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClosure Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Snap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Components:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rope Keeper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDesigned for 1 to 6 person towable tubes and general boat towing applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many riders can the Airhead AHTR-6000 tow rope handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHTR-6000 is rated for 1 to 6 riders, making it suitable for large multi-rider towable tubes as well as smaller ones.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the break strength of this tow rope?\u003c\/strong\u003e This rope has a break strength of 6,000 pounds, one of the highest ratings in the Airhead tow rope line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the AHTR-6000 tow rope?\u003c\/strong\u003e It measures 60 feet in total length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the rope made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHTR-6000 is built from 16 strand polypropylene with UV resistant construction, designed to hold up to sun and water exposure over repeated use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat diameter is the rope?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHTR-6000 has a diameter of 7\/8 inch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy is the rope bright yellow?\u003c\/strong\u003e The bright yellow color of the AHTR-6000 makes it easy to spot in the water, including in low-visibility conditions like dawn or dusk.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the tow rope come with a way to store it?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the AHTR-6000 includes a Rope Keeper for organized storage and transport between rides.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat kind of connector does the rope use?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHTR-6000 uses a snap closure for attaching to the tube handle or bridle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this rope be used for towing multiple smaller towables instead of one large one?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, since the AHTR-6000 is rated up to 6 riders, it also works fine for towable tubes rated for fewer riders, as long as the tube's own rider capacity is not exceeded.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this rope only for towable tubes, or can it be used for other towing?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHTR-6000 is designed for towable tubes but its 6,000 pound rating also makes it suitable for general boat towing tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the AHTR-6000 compare to Airhead's other tow rope lengths?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHTR-6000 is the 1 to 6 rider version at 60 feet with a 6,000 pound break strength and 7\/8 inch diameter, compared to Airhead's lower-capacity tow ropes such as the 1 to 2 person (2,375 lb) or 1 to 4 person (4,100 lb) versions, which use thinner rope for lighter-duty towing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the AHTR-6000 a single piece of rope or sectioned?\u003c\/strong\u003e The AHTR-6000 is a 1 section rope, built as one continuous 60 foot line rather than multiple connected segments.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Airhead","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025187676379,"sku":"K-T-AHTR-6000","price":30.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/img_d0ef6f6f-fd2f-454b-9d2c-ac58f5fbcdf2.jpg?v=1785332628"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/collections\/51EY1VAU5fL.jpg?v=1785356908","url":"https:\/\/www.goodvibesmarina.com\/collections\/gvcat-watersports-recreation.oembed","provider":"Good Vibes Marina","version":"1.0","type":"link"}